2008 Saturn Astra Owner Manual M

Seats and Restraints ...... 1-1 Driver Information Tire Changing ...... 9-60 Front Seats ...... 1-2 Center (DIC) ...... 4-26 Jump Starting ...... 9-68 ® Rear Seats ...... 1-7 OnStar System ...... 4-38 Towing ...... 9-72 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Lighting ...... 5-1 Appearance Care ...... 9-72 Airbag System ...... 1-23 Lighting ...... 5-1 ...... 10-1 Child Restraints ...... 1-37 Technical Data Infotainment ...... 6-1 Vehicle Identiﬁcation ...... 10-1 Keys, Doors and Audio System(s) ...... 6-1 Capacities and Windows ...... 2-1 Speciﬁcations ...... 10-2 Keys ...... 2-2 ...... 7-1 Climate Controls ...... 11-1 Doors and Locks ...... 2-5 Climate Controls ...... 7-1 Customer Information Customer Information ..... 11-1 Theft-Deterrent Systems ... 2-7 Driving and Operating ...... 8-1 Reporting Safety Windows ...... 2-10 Starting and Operating Defects ...... 11-13 Mirrors ...... 2-12 Your Vehicle ...... 8-2 Vehicle Data Recording Sunroof ...... 2-13 Driving Your Vehicle ...... 8-16 and Privacy ...... 11-15 Fuel ...... 8-35 Storage ...... 3-1 Index ...... i-1 Storage ...... 3-1 Vehicle Service ...... 9-1 Instruments and and Care Controls ...... 4-1 Service ...... 9-2 Instrument Panel Owner Checks ...... 9-5 Overview ...... 4-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-26 Warning Lights, Gages, Bulb Replacement ...... 9-28 and Indicators ...... 4-11 Electrical System ...... 9-33 Tires ...... 9-38 ii Preface

This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens may or may not be on your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de speciﬁc vehicle. ce guide en français auprès de Keep this manual in the vehicle for concessionnaire ou à l’adresse quick reference. suivante: Helm Incorporated SATURN and the SATURN Emblem Canadian Owners P.O. Box 07130 are registered trademarks, and A French language copy of this Detroit, MI 48207 the name ASTRA is a trademark of manual can be obtained from your 1-800-551-4123 Saturn Corporation. GENERAL dealer/retailer or from: helminc.com MOTORS and GM are registered trademarks of General Motors Helm, Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 Using this Manual Corporation. Detroit, MI 48207 Read this owner manual from This manual includes the latest 1-800-551-4123 beginning to end to learn about the information at the time it was helminc.com vehicle’s features and controls. printed. Saturn reserves the right to Pictures and words work together to make changes after that time explain things. without further notice.

Index Cautions tell what the hazard is and A notice tells about something that what to do to avoid or reduce the can damage the vehicle. Many times, To quickly locate information about hazard. Read these cautions. this damage would not be covered by the vehicle use the Index in the the vehicle’s warranty, and it could back of the manual. It is an be costly. The notice tells what to do alphabetical list of what is in the to help avoid the damage. manual and the page number where it can be found. There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE. Cautions and Notices A circle with a slash through it is a There are a number of safety safety symbol which means “Do Other manuals may use CAUTION cautions in this book. A box with the Not,” “Do Not do this” or “Do Not let and NOTICE warnings in different word CAUTION is used to tell this happen.” colors or in different words. about things that could cause injury Notices are also used in this if the warning is ignored. manual. Vehicle Symbols Notice: These mean there is The vehicle has components and { CAUTION something that could damage labels that use symbols instead your vehicle. of text. Symbols are shown along These mean there is something with the text describing the operation that could hurt you or other or information relating to a speciﬁc people. component, control, message, gage, or indicator. iv Preface

✍ NOTES Seats and Restraints 1-1

Seats and Care of Safety Belts ...... 1-22 Child Restraints Replacing Safety Belt Older Children ...... 1-37 Restraints System Parts After Infants and Young a Crash ...... 1-23 Children ...... 1-38 Child Restraint Systems ....1-41 Airbag System Where to Put the Front Seats Airbag System ...... 1-23 Restraint ...... 1-43 Where Are the Airbags? ...1-25 Lower Anchors and Manual Seats ...... 1-2 When Should an Airbag Seat Height Adjuster ...... 1-2 Tethers for Children Inflate? ...... 1-27 (LATCH) ...... 1-45 Lumbar Seat Adjustment ....1-3 What Makes an Airbag Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 Replacing LATCH Inflate? ...... 1-28 System Parts After Head Restraints ...... 1-5 How Does an Airbag Heated Seats ...... 1-6 a Crash ...... 1-50 Restrain? ...... 1-28 Securing Child Rear Seats What Will You See After Restraints (Rear Seat) .....1-50 Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 an Airbag Inflates? ...... 1-29 Securing Child Restraints Passenger Sensing (Right Front Seat) ...... 1-53 Safety Belts System ...... 1-30 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Servicing Your How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Properly ...... 1-12 Vehicle ...... 1-34 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-17 Adding Equipment to Safety Belt Use During Your Airbag-Equipped Pregnancy ...... 1-21 Vehicle ...... 1-35 Safety Belt Extender ...... 1-22 Airbag System Check ...... 1-36 Safety Belt Check ...... 1-22 Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash ...... 1-36 1-2 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats To move a manual seat forward or Seat Height Adjuster rearward: Manual Seats

{ CAUTION

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only To raise and lower the manual when the vehicle is not moving. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. seat, move the lever up or down 2. Slide the seat to the desired repeatedly until the seat is at position and release the bar. the desired height. Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place. Seats and Restraints 1-3

Lumbar Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks { CAUTION

{ CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion You can lose control of the can be dangerous. Even if you vehicle if you try to adjust buckle up, your safety belts the seat while the vehicle is cannot do their job when you moving. The sudden movement are reclined like this. could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when The shoulder belt cannot do its you do not want to. Adjust the job because it will not be against driver’s seat only when the your body. Instead, it will be in vehicle is not moving. front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck On seats with this feature, turn the or other injuries. knob clockwise or counterclockwise The lap belt cannot do its job to increase or decrease the either. In a crash, the belt could lumbar support. go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly. 1-4 Seats and Restraints

Seatback Latches (Three Door Model) { CAUTION For easy entry/exit to the rear seats If the seatback is not locked, it on three door models: could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked.

To return the seat to the upright position: To adjust a manual reclining seatback, turn the knob. Do not lean 1. Remove any objects in front of or on the seatback while adjusting it. behind the seat. 2. Move the entire seat rearward. 1. Lift the lever, and tilt the seatback forward. 3. Lift the lever located on the outboard side of the seat 2. Lower the lever and move the and return the seatback to entire seat completely forward. the upright position. 4. Lower the lever then push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked in place. Seats and Restraints 1-5

Head Restraints The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints.

{ CAUTION

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all Adjust the head restraint so that To adjust the head restraint, press occupants are installed and the top of the restraint is at the the button located on the side of the adjusted properly. same height as the top of the head restraint. Pull up or push down occupant’s head. on the restraint to adjust it. This position reduces the chance of Try to move the head restraint after a neck injury in a crash. the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The vehicle’s front seat head restraints are not designed to be removed. 1-6 Seats and Restraints

Active Head Restraint System Heated Seats On vehicles with heated front seats, the controls for each seat are located on the center of the instrument panel. To operate the heated seats the ignition must be on.

M (Heated Seat): Press this button to turn on the heated seat. The light on the button will come on to indicate that the feature is working. Press the button to cycle through To adjust the headrest in the rear the temperature settings of high, seat center position, pull up to The vehicle has an active head medium, and low and to turn the raise it. restraint system in the front seating heat to the seat off. The number of positions. To lower the headrest, press the indicator lights above the button will buttons located on the top of show the level of heat selected: three These automatically tilt forward to the seatback and push the head for high, two for medium, and one reduce the risk of neck injury if rest down. for low. the vehicle is hit from behind. The vehicle’s rear seat headrests Rear Seat Headrests are not designed to be removed. The vehicle has headrests in all seating positions of the rear seats. The headrests in the rear outboard positions adjust like the front seat head restraints. Seats and Restraints 1-7

To lower the seatback: Rear Seats CAUTION (Continued)

Rear Seat Operation After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that { CAUTION the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are If the seatback is not locked, it not twisted. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause Folding the Seatback injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull Notice: Folding a rear seat with on the seatback to be sure it the safety belts still fastened may is locked. cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the 1. Press the button located on the safety belts and return them to top of the seatback to release it. { CAUTION their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 2. Fold the seatback forward. A safety belt that is improperly Before folding the seatback down, routed, not properly attached, the safety belt must be unbuckled or twisted will not provide the and not in the storage clip. The protection needed in a crash. front seat must be moved all The person wearing the belt the way forward, and not reclined. could be seriously injured. The headrest must be completely lowered. (Continued) 1-8 Seats and Restraints

To return the seat to the sitting 3. Push and pull on the seatback to Safety Belts position: make sure it is locked. This section of the manual describes 4. Remove the safety belt from the how to use safety belts properly. storage clip. It also describes some things not The seatback must be locked or to do with safety belts. you will not be able to pull out and use the rear center safety { CAUTION belt. Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked. Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt, your injuries can be much worse. You can hit things inside 1. Make sure the safety belt is the vehicle harder or be ejected through the storage clip. from it and be seriously injured 2. Lift the seatback and push it or killed. In the same crash, you rearward until it is locked in might not be, if you are buckled the sitting position. up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Seats and Restraints 1-9

In most states and in all Canadian Why Safety Belts Work { CAUTION provinces, the law requires When you ride in or on anything, wearing safety belts. Here is why: It is extremely dangerous to you go as fast as it goes. ride in a cargo area, inside or You never know if you will be outside of a vehicle. In a in a crash. If you do have a crash, collision, people riding in these you do not know if it will be a serious one. areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. A few crashes are mild, and some Do not allow people to ride in crashes can be so serious that even any area of your vehicle that is buckled up, a person would not not equipped with seats and survive. But most crashes are in safety belts. Be sure everyone between. In many of them, people in your vehicle is in a seat and who buckle up can survive and using a safety belt properly. sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed. This vehicle has indicators as a Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose After more than 40 years of safety reminder to buckle the safety belts. it is just a seat on wheels. See Safety Belt Reminders on belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. page 4-14. In most crashes buckling up does matter... a lot! 1-10 Seats and Restraints

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield... Seats and Restraints 1-11

Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt? A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safety belt or not. But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. And you can unbuckle a safety or the instrument panel... or the safety belts! belt, even if you are upside down. With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why to stop. You stop over more distance, should I have to wear safety and your strongest bones take the belts? forces. That is why safety belts make A: Airbags are supplemental such good sense. systems only; so they work with safety belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. That is true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other collisions. 1-12 Seats and Restraints

Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your never drive far from home, Properly passenger(s) wear a safety belt, why should I wear safety there is important information belts? This section is only for people of you should know. adult size. A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you are in a crash — even Be aware that there are special one that is not your fault — you things to know about safety belts and your passenger(s) can be and children. And there are different hurt. Being a good driver does not rules for smaller children and infants. protect you from things beyond If a child will be riding in the vehicle, your control, such as bad drivers. see Older Children on page 1-37 or Infants and Young Children on Most accidents occur within page 1-38. Follow those rules for 25 miles (40 km) of home. everyone’s protection. And the greatest number of It is very important for all occupants serious injuries and deaths to buckle up. Statistics show that occur at speeds of less than unbelted people are hurt more often Sit up straight and always keep 40 mph (65 km/h). in crashes than those who are your feet on the ﬂoor in front of you. Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts. The lap part of the belt should be Occupants who are not buckled up worn low and snug on the hips, just can be thrown out of the vehicle touching the thighs. In a crash, this in a crash. And they can strike applies force to the strong pelvic others in the vehicle who are bones and you would be less wearing safety belts. likely to slide under the lap belt. Seats and Restraints 1-13

If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. { CAUTION { CAUTION This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt You can be seriously hurt if You can be seriously hurt if your should go over the shoulder and your shoulder belt is too loose. lap belt is too loose. In a crash, across the chest. These parts of In a crash, you would move you could slide under the lap the body are best able to take belt forward too much, which could belt and apply force on your restraining forces. increase injury. The shoulder abdomen. This could cause belt should ﬁt snugly against serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt locks if there is a your body. The lap belt should be worn sudden stop or crash. low and snug on the hips, just Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? touching the thighs.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will not give as much It will not give nearly as protection this way. much protection this way. 1-14 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash, the belt would go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not on the pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong A: The belt is over an armrest. buckle. Seats and Restraints 1-15

Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured your belt goes over an armrest if you wear the shoulder belt like this. The belt would be under your arm. In a crash, much too high. In a crash, your body would move too far you can slide under the belt. forward, which would increase The belt force would then be the chance of head and neck applied on the abdomen, not on injury. Also, the belt would the pelvic bones, and that could apply too much force to the cause serious or fatal injuries. ribs, which are not as strong as Be sure the belt goes under the shoulder bones. You could also armrests. severely injure internal organs A: The shoulder belt is worn under like your liver or spleen. The the arm. It should be worn over shoulder belt should go over the the shoulder at all times. shoulder and across the chest. 1-16 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. You might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That A: The belt is behind the body. could cause serious or fatal A: The belt is twisted across injuries. The shoulder belt the body. should go over the shoulder and across the chest. Seats and Restraints 1-17

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your dealer/ retailer to ﬁx it.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull 3. Push the latch plate into the the belt across you. Do not let buckle until it clicks. All seating positions in the vehicle it get twisted. have a lap-shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to The lap-shoulder belt may lock if make sure it is secure. If the belt Here is how to wear a lap-shoulder you pull the belt across you very is not long enough, see Safety belt properly. quickly. If this happens, let the Belt Extender on page 1-22. 1. Adjust the seat so you can sit up belt go back slightly to unlock it. Make sure the release button on straight. To see how, see “Seats” Then pull the belt across you the buckle is positioned so you in the Index. more slowly. would be able to unbuckle the If you ever pull the shoulder safety belt quickly if necessary. portion of a passenger belt out all the way, you may engage the child restraint locking feature. If this happens, just let the belt go back all the way and start again. 1-18 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Before you close a door, be sure height adjuster, move it to the the belt is out of the way. If you slam height that is right for you. the door on it, you can damage Improper shoulder belt height both the belt and the vehicle. adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster in a crash. See “Shoulder Belt The vehicle has a shoulder belt Height Adjustment” later in this height adjuster for the driver section. and right front passenger position. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Adjust the height so that the up on the shoulder belt. shoulder portion of the belt is It may be necessary to pull centered on your shoulder. The belt stitching on the safety belt To unlatch the belt, push the button should be away from the face and through the latch plate to fully on the buckle. The belt should go neck, but not falling off the shoulder. tighten the lap belt on smaller back out of the way. When the safety Incorrect positioning of the shoulder occupants. belt is not in use, slide the latch plate belt can reduce the effectiveness of up the safety belt webbing. The latch the safety belt. plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt, near the guide loop on the side wall. Seats and Restraints 1-19

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort The vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for the front outboard Rear shoulder belt comfort guides occupants. Although you cannot see may provide added safety belt them, they are part of the safety belt comfort for older children who have assembly. They can help tighten the outgrown booster seats and for some safety belts during the early stages adults. When installed on a shoulder of a moderate to severe frontal and belt, the comfort guide positions the near frontal crash if the threshold belt away from the neck and head. conditions for pretensioner activation are met. And, if the vehicle has There is one guide for each side impact airbags, safety belt outboard passenger position in the To move it, push the button on the pretensioners can help tighten rear seat. Here is how to install front of the height adjuster and the safety belts in a side crash. a comfort guide to the safety belt: move the height adjuster to 1. Pull the elastic cord out from the Pretensioners work only once. If the desired position. side of the seatback to remove they activate in a crash, you will need the guide from its storage pocket. After you move the adjuster to to get new ones, and probably other where you want it, try to move it new parts for the safety belt system. down without pushing the button See Replacing Safety Belt System to make sure it has locked into Parts After a Crash on page 1-23. position. 1-20 Seats and Restraints

{ CAUTION

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 2. Place the guide over the belt and 3. Be sure that the belt is not insert the two edges of the belt twisted and it lies ﬂat. The elastic into the slots of the guide. cord must be under the belt and the guide on top. Seats and Restraints 1-21

To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide. Push the guide into the pocket on the side of seatback. Properly secure the guide loop before folding the seatback. The comfort guide and vehicle can be damaged while closing a door if it is not properly secured in its storage location.

4. Buckle, position, and release Safety Belt Use During A pregnant woman should wear a the safety belt as described Pregnancy lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion previously in this section. Safety belts work for everyone, should be worn as low as possible, Make sure that the shoulder including pregnant women. Like below the rounding, throughout belt crosses the shoulder. all occupants, they are more likely the pregnancy. to be seriously injured if they do The best way to protect the fetus is not wear safety belts. to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. 1-22 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Extender Safety Belt Check Care of Safety Belts If the safety belt will fasten around Now and then, make sure the safety Keep belts clean and dry. you, you should use it. belt reminder light and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and But if a safety belt is not long { CAUTION anchorages are working properly. enough, your dealer/retailer will order Look for any other loose or damaged you an extender. When you go in to Do not bleach or dye safety safety belt system parts. If you see order it, take the heaviest coat you belts. If you do, it may severely anything that might keep a safety belt will wear, so the extender will be weaken them. In a crash, they system from doing its job, have it long enough for you. To help avoid might not be able to provide repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts personal injury, do not let someone may not protect you in a crash. They adequate protection. Clean else use it, and use it only for the can rip apart under impact forces. safety belts only with mild seat it is made to ﬁt. The extender If a belt is torn or frayed, get a new soap and lukewarm water. has been designed for adults. one right away. Never use it for securing child seats. To wear it, attach it to the regular Make sure the safety belt reminder safety belt. For more information, light is working. See Safety Belt see the instruction sheet that comes Reminders on page 4-14 for more with the extender. information. Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Care of Safety Belts on page 1-22. Seats and Restraints 1-23

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System System Parts After safety belts may not be necessary. But the safety belt assemblies that Your vehicle has the following a Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. • A frontal airbag for the driver. { CAUTION See your dealer/retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or • A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be • A seat-mounted side impact A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt airbag for the driver. may not properly protect the system was not being used at • A seat-mounted side impact person using it, resulting in the time of the crash. airbag for the right front serious injury or even death passenger. in a crash. To help make sure Have the safety belt pretensioners • A roof-rail airbag for the driver the safety belt systems are checked if the vehicle has been in a and the passenger seated working properly after a crash, crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or directly behind the driver. have them inspected and any while you are driving. See Airbag necessary replacements made • A roof-rail airbag for the Readiness Light on page 4-14. as soon as possible. right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger. All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening. 1-24 Seats and Restraints

For frontal airbags, the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG will appear on the middle to know about the airbag system: { CAUTION part of the steering wheel for Frontal airbags are designed to the driver and on the instrument { CAUTION panel for the right front passenger. deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes. You can be severely injured or With seat-mounted side impact They are not designed to inflate airbags, the word AIRBAG killed in a crash if you are not in rollover, rear crashes, or in will appear on the side of the wearing your safety belt — even many side crashes. seatback closest to the door. if you have airbags. Wearing Seat-mounted side impact With roof-rail airbags, the word your safety belt during a crash airbags and roof-rail airbags are AIRBAG will appear along the helps reduce your chance of designed to inflate in moderate headliner or trim. hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags to severe crashes where Airbags are designed to supplement are “supplemental restraints” to something hits the side of your the protection provided by safety the safety belts. All airbags are vehicle. They are not designed belts. Even though today’s airbags designed to work with safety to inflate in frontal, in rollover, are also designed to help reduce belts, but do not replace them. or in rear crashes. the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must Everyone in your vehicle inflate very quickly to do their job. should wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Seats and Restraints 1-25

Where Are the Airbags? { CAUTION { CAUTION

Airbags inﬂate with great force, Airbags plus lap-shoulder faster than the blink of an eye. belts offer the best protection Anyone who is up against, or for adults, but not for young very close to, any airbag when children and infants. Neither it inﬂates can be seriously the vehicle’s safety belt system injured or killed. Do not sit nor its airbag system is unnecessarily close to the designed for them. Young airbag, as you would be if you children and infants need the were sitting on the edge of your protection that a child restraint seat or leaning forward. Safety system can provide. Always belts help keep you in position secure children properly in before and during a crash. your vehicle. To read how, see The driver’s frontal airbag is in the Always wear your safety belt, Older Children on page 1-37 or middle of the steering wheel. even with airbags. The driver Infants and Young Children on should sit as far back as page 1-38. The right front passenger’s frontal possible while still maintaining airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger’s side. control of the vehicle. There is an airbag readiness light Occupants should not lean on on the instrument panel cluster, or sleep against the door or side which shows the airbag symbol. windows in seating positions The system checks the airbag with seat-mounted side impact electrical system for malfunctions. airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-14 for more information. 1-26 Seats and Restraints

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

If something is between an Do not use seat accessories occupant and an airbag, the that block the inflation path of airbag might not inflate a seat-mounted side impact properly or it might force the airbag. object into that person causing severe injury or even death. Never secure anything to the The path of an inflating airbag roof of a vehicle with roof-rail must be kept clear. Do not put airbags by routing a rope or anything between an occupant tie down through any door or and an airbag, and do not window opening. If you do, the Driver Side shown, path of an inflating roof-rail Passenger Side similar attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or airbag will be blocked. The seat-mounted side impact near any other airbag covering. airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the (Continued) seatbacks closest to the door. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, right front passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. Seats and Restraints 1-27

When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at In addition, the vehicle has Inflate? different crash speeds. For example: dual-stage frontal airbags. • If the vehicle hits a stationary Dual-stage airbags adjust the Frontal airbags are designed to object, the airbags could inflate at restraint according to crash severity. inflate in moderate to severe frontal a different crash speed than if the The vehicle has electronic frontal or near-frontal crashes to help vehicle hits a moving object. sensors, which help the sensing reduce the potential for severe system distinguish between a injuries mainly to the driver’s or right • If the vehicle hits an object that moderate frontal impact and a front passenger’s head and chest. deforms, the airbags could inflate more severe frontal impact. For However, they are only designed at a different crash speed than if moderate frontal impacts, dual-stage to inflate if the impact exceeds the vehicle hits an object that airbags inflate at a level less than full a predetermined deployment does not deform. deployment. For more severe frontal threshold. Deployment thresholds • If the vehicle hits a narrow object impacts, full deployment occurs. are used to predict how severe a (like a pole), the airbags could The vehicle has seat-mounted crash is likely to be in time for the inflate at a different crash speed side impact and roof-rail airbags. airbags to inflate and help restrain than if the vehicle hits a wide See Airbag System on page 1-23. the occupants. object (like a wall). Seat-mounted side impact and Whether the frontal airbags will • If the vehicle goes into an object roof-rail airbags are intended to or should deploy is not based on at an angle, the airbags could inflate in moderate to severe side how fast your vehicle is traveling. inflate at a different crash speed crashes. Seat-mounted side impact It depends largely on what you hit, than if the vehicle goes straight and roof-rail airbags will inflate if the direction of the impact, and how into the object. the crash severity is above the quickly your vehicle slows down. system’s designed threshold level. Thresholds can also vary with The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design. specific vehicle design. Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in many side impacts. 1-28 Seats and Restraints

Seat-mounted side impact and What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag roof-rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal Inflate? Restrain? impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or A seat-mounted side impact system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted airbag is intended to deploy on triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering the side of the vehicle that is struck. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In A roof-rail airbag is intended to airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, deploy on the side of the vehicle of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact that is struck. the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. all part of the airbag module. In any particular crash, no one Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts. Frontal can say whether an airbag should Frontal airbag modules are located airbags distribute the force of the have inflated simply because of inside the steering wheel and impact more evenly over the the damage to a vehicle or because instrument panel. For vehicles with occupant’s upper body, stopping of what the repair costs were. seat-mounted side impact airbags, the occupant more gradually. For frontal airbags, inflation is there are airbag modules in the side Seat-mounted side impact and determined by what the vehicle hits, of the front seatbacks closest to the roof-rail airbags distribute the force the angle of the impact, and how door. For vehicles with roof-rail of the impact more evenly over the quickly the vehicle slows down. airbags, there are airbag modules in occupant’s upper body. For seat-mounted side impact and the ceiling of the vehicle, near the But airbags would not help in many roof-rail airbags, deployment is side windows that have occupant types of collisions, primarily because determined by the location and seating positions. the occupant’s motion is not toward severity of the side impact. those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-27 for more information. Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts. Seats and Restraints 1-29

What Will You See After Additional windshield breakage { CAUTION may also occur from the right an Airbag Inflates? front passenger airbag. When an airbag inflates, there After the frontal airbags and Airbags are designed to inflate may be dust in the air. This dust • seat-mounted side impact airbags only once. After an airbag inflates, could cause breathing problems inflate, they quickly deflate, so you will need some new parts for for people with a history of quickly that some people may not the airbag system. If you do not even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing get them, the airbag system will Roof-rail airbags may still be at least trouble. To avoid this, everyone not be there to help protect you partially inflated for some time after in the vehicle should get out as in another crash. A new system they deploy. Some components of soon as it is safe to do so. If you will include airbag modules and the airbag module may be hot for have breathing problems but possibly other parts. The service several minutes. For location of the cannot get out of the vehicle manual for your vehicle covers airbag modules, see What Makes after an airbag inflates, then get the need to replace other parts. an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-28. fresh air by opening a window • The vehicle has a crash sensing or a door. If you experience The parts of the airbag that come and diagnostic module which breathing problems following an into contact with you may be warm, records information after a crash. but not too hot to touch. There may airbag deployment, you should See Vehicle Data Recording and be some smoke and dust coming seek medical attention. Privacy on page 11-15 and Event from the vents in the deflated Data Recorders on page 11-16. airbags. Airbag inflation does not In many crashes severe enough • Let only qualified technicians work prevent the driver from seeing out to inflate the airbag, windshields on the airbag systems. Improper of the windshield or being able to are broken by vehicle deformation. steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent service can mean that an airbag people from leaving the vehicle. system will not work properly. See your dealer/retailer for service. 1-30 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part System of the right front passenger’s seat. The vehicle has a passenger The sensors are designed to detect sensing system for the right front the presence of a properly-seated passenger position. The passenger occupant and determine if the right airbag status indicator will be visible front passenger’s frontal airbag and in the rearview mirror when you start Canada seat-mounted side impact airbag the vehicle. should be enabled (may inﬂate) The words ON and OFF, or the or not. symbol for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the Accident statistics show that system check is complete, either the children are safer if they are word ON or the word OFF, or the restrained in the rear rather than symbol for on or the symbol for off, the front seat. will be visible. See Passenger Airbag We recommend that children be United States Status Indicator on page 4-15. secured in a rear seat, including: an The passenger sensing system will infant or a child riding in a rear-facing turn off the right front passenger’s child restraint; a child riding in a frontal airbag and seat-mounted forward-facing child seat; an older side impact airbag under certain child riding in a booster seat; and conditions. The driver’s airbags children, who are large enough, are not part of the passenger using safety belts. sensing system. Seats and Restraints 1-31

A label on the sun visor says, The passenger sensing system is “Never put a rear-facing child seat CAUTION (Continued) designed to turn off the right front in the front.” This is because the risk passenger’s frontal airbag and to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing seat-mounted side impact airbag if: if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right • The right front passenger seat is front passenger frontal airbag unoccupied. { and seat-mounted side impact CAUTION • The system determines that an airbag (if equipped), no system infant is present in a rear-facing A child in a rear-facing child is fail-safe. No one can infant seat. restraint can be seriously guarantee that an airbag will injured or killed if the right not deploy under some unusual • The system determines that a front passenger airbag inflates. circumstance, even though the small child is present in a child This is because the back of airbag(s) are off. restraint. the rear-facing child restraint Secure rear-facing child • The system determines that would be very close to the restraints in a rear seat, even a small child is present in a booster seat. inflating airbag. A child in a if the airbag(s) are off. If you forward-facing child restraint secure a forward-facing child • A right front passenger takes can be seriously injured or restraint in the right front his/her weight off of the seat for killed if the right front passenger seat, always move the front a period of time. airbag inflates and the passenger seat as far back as • The right front passenger seat is passenger seat is in a forward it will go. It is better to secure occupied by a smaller person, position. the child restraint in a rear seat. such as a child who has outgrown (Continued) child restraints. • Or, if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system. 1-32 Seats and Restraints

When the passenger sensing If, after reinstalling the child restraint The passenger sensing system is system has turned off the right and restarting the vehicle, the on designed to enable (may inﬂate) front passenger’s frontal airbag and indicator is still lit, check to make the right front passenger’s frontal seat-mounted side impact airbag, sure that the vehicle’s seatback is airbag and seat-mounted side impact the off indicator will light and stay lit not pressing the child restraint into airbag anytime the system senses to remind you that the airbags are the seat cushion. If this happens, that a person of adult size is sitting off. See Passenger Airbag Status slightly recline the vehicle’s seatback properly in the right front passenger’s Indicator on page 4-15. and adjust the seat cushion if seat. When the passenger sensing possible. Also make sure the child system has allowed the airbags to If a child restraint has been installed restraint is not trapped under be enabled, the on indicator will light and the on indicator is lit, turn the vehicle head restraint. If this and stay lit to remind you that the the vehicle off. Remove the child happens, adjust the head restraint. airbags are active. restraint from the vehicle and See Head Restraints on page 1-5. reinstall the child restraint following For some children who have the child restraint manufacturer’s Remove any additional material from outgrown child restraints and for directions and refer to Securing the seat such as blankets, cushions, very small adults, the passenger Child Restraints (Rear Seat) on seat covers, seat heaters, or seat sensing system may or may not turn page 1-50 or Securing Child massagers before reinstalling or off the right front passenger’s frontal Restraints (Right Front Seat) securing the child restraint. airbag and seat-mounted side impact on page 1-53. airbag, depending upon the person’s If the on indicator is still lit, secure seating posture and body build. the child in the child restraint in Everyone in the vehicle who has a rear seat position in the vehicle, outgrown child restraints should wear and check with your dealer/retailer. a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Seats and Restraints 1-33

If a person of adult-size is sitting in the right front passenger’s seat, { CAUTION but the off indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting If the airbag readiness light in properly in the seat. If this happens, the instrument panel cluster turn the vehicle off, remove any ever comes on and stays on, it additional material from the seat, means that something may be such as blankets, cushions, seat wrong with the airbag system. covers, seat heaters or seat If this ever happens, have the massagers and ask the person vehicle serviced promptly, to place the seatback in the fully because an adult-size person upright position, then sit upright sitting in the right front in the seat, centered on the seat passenger’s seat may not have cushion, with the person’s legs Safety belts help keep the the protection of the airbag(s). comfortably extended. Restart the passenger in position on the See Airbag Readiness Light vehicle and have the person remain seat during vehicle maneuvers on page 4-14 for more on this, in this position for two to three and braking, which helps the including important safety minutes. This will allow the system passenger sensing system maintain information. to detect that person and then enable the passenger airbag status. the right front passenger’s frontal See “Safety Belts” and “Child airbag and seat-mounted side Restraints” in the Index for A thick layer of additional material, impact airbag. additional information about such as a blanket or cushion, or the importance of proper aftermarket equipment such as restraint use. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. 1-34 Seats and Restraints

We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket { CAUTION { CAUTION equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle. See Adding Equipment to passenger seat or between the ignition is turned off and the Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an page 1-35 for more information about seatback may interfere with airbag can still inflate during modifications that can affect how the the proper operation of the improper service. You can be system operates. passenger sensing system. injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid The passenger sensing system may yellow connectors. They are suppress the airbag deployment Servicing Your when liquid soaks into the seat. probably part of the airbag If this happens, the off indicator Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, in the passenger airbag status Airbags affect how your vehicle indicator and the airbag readiness should be serviced. There are and make sure the person light on the instrument panel will parts of the airbag system in performing work for you is be lit. The system should resume several places around your vehicle. qualified to do so. normal operation after the seat is Your dealer/retailer and the service allowed to dry. If the system operates manual have information about incorrectly after the seat has dried, servicing your vehicle and the airbag have your dealer/retailer check the system. To purchase a service system. manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 11-14. Seats and Restraints 1-35

Adding Equipment to which includes sensors that are and addresses for Customer Your Airbag-Equipped part of the passenger’s seat. Assistance are in Step Two of the The passenger sensing system Customer Satisfaction Procedure Vehicle may not operate properly if the in this manual. See Customer Q: Is there anything I might add original seat trim is replaced Satisfaction Procedure on to or change about the vehicle with non-GM covers, upholstery page 11-1. that could keep the airbags or trim, or with GM covers, from working properly? upholstery or trim designed for a Q: Because I have a disability, different vehicle. Any object, such I have to get my vehicle A: Yes. If you add things that modiﬁed. How can I ﬁnd out as an aftermarket seat heater or a change the vehicle’s frame, whether this will affect my comfort enhancing pad or device, bumper system, height, front end airbag system? installed under or on top of the or side sheet metal, they may A: If you have questions, keep the airbag system from seat fabric, could also interfere with the operation of the call Customer Assistance. working properly. Changing or The phone numbers and moving any parts of the front passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper addresses for Customer seats, safety belts, the airbag Assistance are in Step Two sensing and diagnostic module, deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the of the Customer Satisfaction steering wheel, instrument Procedure in this manual. panel, roof-rail airbag modules, passenger sensing system from properly turning off the See Customer Satisfaction ceiling headliner or pillar Procedure on page 11-1. garnish trim, front sensors, passenger airbag(s). See or airbag wiring can affect the Passenger Sensing System In addition, your dealer/retailer and operation of the airbag system. on page 1-30. the service manual have information about the location of the airbag In addition, the vehicle has a If you have any questions about this, you should contact Customer sensors, sensing and diagnostic passenger sensing system for the module and airbag wiring. right front passenger position, Assistance before you modify your vehicle. The phone numbers 1-36 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inﬂates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. The airbag system does not need Parts After a Crash See your dealer/retailer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the { CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays airbag readiness light is working. on after the vehicle is started See Airbag Readiness Light A crash can damage the or comes on when you are driving, on page 4-14 for more information. airbag systems in your vehicle. the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced A damaged airbag system Notice: If an airbag covering is right away. See Airbag Readiness may not work properly and damaged, opened, or broken, the Light on page 4-14 for more airbag may not work properly. may not protect you and your information. Do not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, coverings. If there are any opened resulting in serious injury or or broken airbag covers, have even death. To help make the airbag covering and/or airbag sure your airbag systems are module replaced. For the location working properly after a crash, of the airbag modules, see What have them inspected and any Makes an Airbag Inﬂate? on necessary replacements made page 1-28. See your dealer/retailer as soon as possible. for service. Seats and Restraints 1-37

Child Restraints The manufacturer’s instructions that Q: What is the proper way to come with the booster seat, state the wear safety belts? weight and height limitations for that Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt until the child lap-shoulder belt and get the passes the below fit test: additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt • Sit all the way back on the seat. should not cross the face or neck. Do the knees bend at the seat The lap belt should fit snugly edge? If yes, continue. If no, below the hips, just touching the return to the booster seat. top of the thighs. This applies belt • Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. force to the child’s pelvic bones in Does the shoulder belt rest on the a crash. It should never be worn shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, over the abdomen, which could then return to the booster seat. cause severe or even fatal • Does the lap belt fit low and snug internal injuries in a crash. on the hips, touching the thighs? According to accident statistics, Older children who have outgrown If yes, continue. If no, return to the children and infants are safer when booster seats should wear the booster seat. vehicle’s safety belts. properly restrained in a child restraint • Can proper safety belt fit be system or infant restraint system maintained for the length of the secured in a rear seating position. trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. 1-38 Seats and Restraints

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Never do this. Never do this. Never allow two children to Never allow a child to wear the wear the same safety belt. safety belt with the shoulder belt The safety belt can not properly behind their back. A child can be spread the impact forces. In a seriously injured by not wearing crash, the two children can be the lap-shoulder belt properly. crushed together and seriously In a crash, the child would not injured. A safety belt must be be restrained by the shoulder used by only one person at belt. The child could move too a time. far forward increasing the Infants and Young chance of head and neck injury. Children The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants then be applied right on the and all other children. Neither the abdomen. That could cause distance traveled nor the age and serious or fatal injuries. The size of the traveler changes the shoulder belt should go over the need, for everyone, to use safety shoulder and across the chest. restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Seats and Restraints 1-39

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Children can be seriously Never do this. injured or strangled if a Never hold an infant or a child shoulder belt is wrapped around while riding in a vehicle. Due to their neck and the safety belt crash forces, an infant or a child continues to tighten. Never will become so heavy it is not leave children unattended in a possible to hold it during a vehicle and never allow children crash. For example, in a crash at to play with the safety belts. only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12 lb (5.5 kg) infant will suddenly Every time infants and young become a 240 lb (110 kg) force children ride in vehicles, they should on a person’s arms. An infant have the protection provided by should be secured in an appropriate restraints. Children who appropriate restraint. are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. In addition, young children should not use the vehicle’s adult safety belts alone; they need to use a child restraint. 1-40 Seats and Restraints

For most basic types of child { CAUTION restraints, there are many different models available. Never do this. When purchasing a child Children who are up against, or restraint, be sure it is designed very close to, any airbag when it to be used in a motor vehicle. inﬂates can be seriously injured If it is, the restraint will have a or killed. Never put a rear-facing label saying that it meets federal child restraint in the right front motor vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer’s restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. height limitations for a particular If you must secure a Q: What are the different types of add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there forward-facing child restraint are many kinds of restraints in the right front seat, always A: Add-on child restraints, which available for children with move the front passenger are purchased by the vehicle’s special needs. seat as far back as it will go. owner, are available in four basic types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child’s weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. Seats and Restraints 1-41

Child Restraint Systems { CAUTION { CAUTION

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child’s hip bones are head injury during a crash, still so small that the vehicle’s infants need complete support. regular safety belt may not This is because an infant’s neck remain low on the hip bones, is not fully developed and its as it should. Instead, it may head weighs so much compared settle up around the child’s with the rest of its body. In a abdomen. In a crash, the belt crash, an infant in a rear-facing would apply force on a body child restraint settles into the area that is unprotected by restraint, so the crash forces any bony structure. This alone can be distributed across the could cause serious or fatal strongest part of an infant’s injuries. To reduce the risk (A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat body, the back and shoulders. of serious or fatal injuries A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides Infants should always be during a crash, young children restraint with the seating surface secured in rear-facing child should always be secured in against the back of the infant. restraints. appropriate child restraints. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. 1-42 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ CAUTION

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle’s safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child that child restraint and the provides restraint for the child’s body restraint designed to improve the ﬁt instructions in this manual. with the harness. of the vehicle’s safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window. Seats and Restraints 1-43

To help reduce the chance of injury, Keep in mind that an unsecured Where to Put the the child restraint must be secured in child restraint can move around in a the vehicle. Child restraint systems collision or sudden stop and injure Restraint must be secured in vehicle seats by people in the vehicle. Be sure to According to accident statistics, lap belts or the lap belt portion of a properly secure any child restraint children and infants are safer when lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH in the vehicle — even when no child properly restrained in a child restraint system. See Lower Anchors and is in it. system or infant restraint system Tethers for Children (LATCH) on secured in a rear seating position. page 1-45 for more information. Securing the Child Within the We recommend that children and A child can be endangered in a Child Restraint child restraints be secured in a rear crash if the child restraint is not seat, including: an infant or a child properly secured in the vehicle. { CAUTION riding in a rear-facing child restraint; When securing an add-on child a child riding in a forward-facing child restraint, refer to the instructions that A child can be seriously injured seat; an older child riding in a booster come with the restraint which may be or killed in a crash if the child seat; and children, who are large on the restraint itself or in a booklet, is not properly secured in the enough, using safety belts. or both, and to this manual. The child child restraint. Secure the restraint instructions are important, child properly following the so if they are not available, obtain instructions that came with a replacement copy from the that child restraint. manufacturer. 1-44 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says, When securing a child restraint in “Never put a rear-facing child seat CAUTION (Continued) a rear seating position, study the in the front.” This is because the risk instructions that came with the child to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing restraint to make sure it is compatible if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right with this vehicle. front passenger frontal airbag, Wherever a child restraint is { CAUTION no system is fail-safe. No one installed, be sure to secure the can guarantee that an airbag child restraint properly. A child in a rear-facing child will not deploy under some restraint can be seriously unusual circumstance, even Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a injured or killed if the right though it is turned off. collision or sudden stop and injure front passenger airbag inflates. Secure rear-facing child people in the vehicle. Be sure to This is because the back of restraints in a rear seat, even properly secure any child restraint the rear-facing child restraint if the airbag is off. If you secure in the vehicle — even when no child would be very close to the a forward-facing child restraint is in it. inflating airbag. A child in a in the right front seat, always forward-facing child restraint move the front passenger seat can be seriously injured or as far back as it will go. It is killed if the right front passenger better to secure the child airbag inflates and the restraint in a rear seat. passenger seat is in a forward position. See Passenger Sensing System on page 1-30 for additional (Continued) information. Seats and Restraints 1-45

Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors Tethers for Children a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts (LATCH) to properly secure the child restraint. The LATCH system holds a child A child restraint must never be restraint during driving or in a crash. installed using only the top tether This system is designed to make and anchor. installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system The LATCH system uses anchors in your vehicle, you need a child Lower anchors (A) are metal in the vehicle and attachments restraint that has LATCH bars built into the vehicle. There on the child restraint that are made attachments. The child restraint are two lower anchors for each for use with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with LATCH seating position that will Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child accommodate a child restraint with child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The lower attachments (B). using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a vehicle’s safety belts to secure the child restraint with these attachments restraint, following the instructions in your vehicle. that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions also the instructions in this manual. or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. 1-46 Seats and Restraints

Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have Lower Anchor and Top Tether a single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to A top tether (A, C) anchors the top read and follow the instructions for of the child restraint to the vehicle. your child restraint. A top tether anchor is built into Rear Seat If the child restraint does not have the vehicle. The top tether i attachment (B) on the child restraint a top tether, one can be obtained, in (Top Tether Anchor): Seating connects to the top tether anchor kit form, for many child restraints. positions with top tether anchors. Ask the child restraint manufacturer in the vehicle in order to reduce j (Lower Anchor): Seating positions the forward movement and rotation whether or not a kit is available. with two lower anchors. of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Seats and Restraints 1-47

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. There is no place to To assist you in locating the lower attach the top tether in this position. anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, Accident statistics show that near the crease between the children are safer if they are seatback and the seat cushion. restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1-43 for The top tether anchors are located additional information. on the seatback for each rear seating position. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. If the top tether anchors are covered, the top tether anchor symbol will be located on the cover to assist you in locating them. 1-48 Seats and Restraints

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { CAUTION { CAUTION System Do not attach more than Children can be seriously { one child restraint to a single injured or strangled if a CAUTION anchor. Attaching more than shoulder belt is wrapped one child restraint to a single around their neck and the If a LATCH-type child restraint anchor could cause the anchor safety belt continues to tighten. is not attached to anchors, the or attachment to come loose Buckle any unused safety belts child restraint will not be able or even break during a crash. behind the child restraint so to protect the child correctly. A child or others could be children cannot reach them. In a crash, the child could be injured. To reduce the risk of Pull the shoulder belt all the seriously injured or killed. Install serious or fatal injuries during way out of the retractor to set a LATCH-type child restraint a crash, attach only one child the lock, if your vehicle has properly using the anchors, or restraint per anchor. one, after the child restraint use the vehicle’s safety belts to has been installed. secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the Notice: Do not let the LATCH instructions in this manual. attachments rub against the vehicle’s safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. Seats and Restraints 1-49

Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether safety belt to its stowed position. anchor, if equipped. Refer to the 1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint instructions and attachments to the lower anchors. the following steps: If the child restraint does not have 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. lower attachments or the desired 2.2. If the anchor is covered, seating position does not have open the cover to expose lower anchors, secure the child the anchor. restraint with the top tether and 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the safety belts. Refer to your the top tether according If the position you are using child restraint manufacturer to your child restraint has an adjustable headrest instructions and the instructions instructions and the or head restraint and you are in this manual. following instructions: using a dual tether, route the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for tether around the headrest or the desired seating position. head restraint. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 1-50 Seats and Restraints

Replacing LATCH New parts and repairs may be System Parts After necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at a Crash the time of the crash.

{ CAUTION Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. When securing a child restraint in A damaged LATCH system may a rear seating position, study the not properly secure the child instructions that came with your child restraint, resulting in serious restraint to make sure it is compatible injury or even death in a crash. with this vehicle. If the position you are using To help make sure the LATCH has an adjustable headrest If your child restraint has the LATCH or head restraint and you system is working properly system, see Lower Anchors and are using a single tether, after a crash, see your dealer/ Tethers for Children (LATCH) on raise the headrest or head retailer to have the system page 1-45 for how to install your child restraint and route the tether inspected and any necessary restraint using LATCH. If you secure under the headrest or head replacements made as soon a child restraint using a safety belt restraint and in between the as possible. and it uses a top tether, see Lower headrest or head restraint Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-45 for top tether posts. If the vehicle has the LATCH system anchor locations. 3. Push and pull the child restraint and it was being used during a crash, in different directions to be sure new LATCH system parts may be it is secure. needed. Seats and Restraints 1-51

Do not secure a child restraint in a If you need to install more than position without a top tether anchor if one child restraint in the rear seat, a national or local law requires that be sure to read Where to Put the top tether be anchored, or if the the Restraint on page 1-43. instructions that come with the child 1. Put the child restraint on restraint say that the top strap must the seat. be anchored. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions of forward-facing child restraints have the vehicle’s safety belt through a top tether, and that the tether or around the restraint. The child be attached. restraint instructions will show If your child restraint does not have you how. the LATCH system, you will be using 3. Push the latch plate into the the safety belt to secure the child buckle until it clicks. restraint in this position. Be sure to Make sure the release button follow the instructions that came with is positioned so you would the child restraint. Secure the child in be able to unbuckle the safety the child restraint when and as the belt quickly if necessary. instructions say. 1-52 Seats and Restraints

6. If your child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-45 for more information. 7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt 4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 5. To tighten the belt, push down and let it go back all the way. all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the If the top tether is attached to set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. If you are using a forward-facing child restraint, you may ﬁnd it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Seats and Restraints 1-53

Securing Child Restraints { (Right Front Seat) CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) Your vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child seat is a safer place to secure a restraint can be seriously restraints in a rear seat, even if forward-facing child restraint. injured or killed if the right the airbag is off. If you secure See Where to Put the Restraint front passenger airbag inflates. a forward-facing child restraint on page 1-43. This is because the back of in the right front seat, always the rear-facing child restraint In addition, your vehicle has a move the front passenger seat would be very close to the passenger sensing system which as far back as it will go. It is is designed to turn off the right inflating airbag. A child in a better to secure the child front passenger’s frontal and forward-facing child restraint restraint in a rear seat. seat-mounted side impact airbag can be seriously injured or See Passenger Sensing System under certain conditions. See killed if the right front passenger on page 1-30 for additional Passenger Sensing System on airbag inflates and the information. page 1-30 and Passenger Airbag passenger seat is in a forward Status Indicator on page 4-15 for position. more information on this, including Even if the passenger sensing If your child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and important safety information. system has turned off the right Tethers for Children (LATCH) on front passenger frontal airbag, A label on your sun visor says, page 1-45 for how to install your child “Never put a rear-facing child seat no system is fail-safe. No one restraint using LATCH. If you secure in the front.” This is because the risk can guarantee that an airbag will a child restraint using a safety belt to the rear-facing child is so great, not deploy under some unusual and it uses a top tether, see Lower if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is Anchors and Tethers for Children turned off. (LATCH) on page 1-45 for top tether (Continued) anchor locations. 1-54 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child seat in a the vehicle. See Passenger Make sure the release button is position without a top tether anchor Airbag Status Indicator on positioned so you would be able if a national or local law requires page 4-15. to unbuckle the safety belt quickly that the top tether be anchored, 2. Put the child restraint on if necessary. or if the instructions that come with the seat. the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions In Canada, the law requires that of the vehicle’s safety belt forward-facing child restraints have through or around the restraint. a top tether, and that the tether The child restraint instructions be attached. will show you how. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the 5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt forward-facing child restraint. all the way out of the retractor to When the passenger sensing set the lock. system has turned off the right front passenger’s frontal and seat-mounted side impact airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should 4. Push the latch plate into the light and stay lit when you start buckle until it clicks. Seats and Restraints 1-55

If the airbags are off, the off Remove any additional material from indicator in the passenger airbag the seat such as blankets, cushions, status indicator will come on seat covers, seat heaters or seat and stay on when the vehicle massagers before reinstalling or is started. securing the child restraint. If a child restraint has been If the on indicator is still lit, secure installed and the on indicator is lit, the child in the child restraint in turn the vehicle off. Remove the a rear seat position in the vehicle child restraint from the vehicle and and check with your dealer/retailer. reinstall the child restraint. To remove the child restraint, If, after reinstalling the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and restarting the vehicle, the on and let it go back all the way. 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator is still lit, check to make on the child restraint, pull the sure that the vehicle’s seatback is shoulder portion of the belt to not pressing the child restraint into tighten the lap portion of the belt the seat cushion. If this happens, and feed the shoulder belt back slightly recline the vehicle’s seatback into the retractor. If you are using and adjust the seat cushion if a forward-facing child restraint, possible. Also make sure the child you may ﬁnd it helpful to use your restraint is not trapped under the knee to push down on the child vehicle head restraint. If this restraint as you tighten the belt. happens, adjust the head restraint. 7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. 1-56 Seats and Restraints

✍ NOTES Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors and Theft-Deterrent Systems Theft-Deterrent Systems .....2-7 Windows Immobilizer ...... 2-7 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-8 Content Theft-Deterrent ...... 2-9 Keys Windows Keys ...... 2-2 Windows ...... 2-10 Remote Keyless Power Windows ...... 2-10 Entry (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Sun Visors ...... 2-11 Remote Keyless Mirrors Entry (RKE) System Manual Rearview Mirror ....2-12 Operation ...... 2-4 Outside Mirror(s) ...... 2-12 Doors and Locks Outside Power Mirror(s) ....2-12 Door Locks ...... 2-5 Sunroof Power Door Locks ...... 2-5 Sunroof ...... 2-13 Rear Door Security Locks ...2-6 Liftgate ...... 2-6 2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys

{ CAUTION

Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons, children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move. Press the button on the RKE The windows will function with The key, located in the Remote transmitter to extend the key. the keys in the ignition and Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for the ignition and all locks. Press the button and the key children could be seriously blade to retract the key. injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. When a new vehicle is delivered, Do not leave the keys in a a key number is included in vehicle with children. the vehicle documents. Each key number tells your dealer/retailer or a qualiﬁed locksmith how to make extra keys. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Keep this number in a safe place. This device complies with Part 15 of If there is a decrease in the RKE If you lose your keys, you will the FCC Rules. Operation is subject operating range, try this: be able to have one made easily to the following two conditions: • Check the distance. The using this number. If you need 1. This device may not cause transmitter may be too far from a new key, go to your dealer/retailer interference. the vehicle. Stand closer for the correct key code. 2. This device must accept any during rainy or snowy weather. Notice: If you ever lock your interference received, including • Check the location. Other keys in the vehicle, you may have interference that may cause vehicles or objects may be to damage the vehicle to get in. undesired operation of the device. blocking the signal. Take a few Be sure you have spare keys. steps to the left or right, hold This device complies with RSS-210 the transmitter higher, and If you are locked out of your vehicle, of Industry Canada. Operation is try again. contact Roadside Assistance or subject to the following two OnStar. See Roadside Assistance conditions: • Check the transmitter’s battery. Program on page 11-5 or OnStar¨ See “Battery Replacement” 1. This device may not cause System on page 4-38. later in this section. interference. • If the transmitter is still not 2. This device must accept any Remote Keyless Entry working correctly, see your interference received, including (RKE) System dealer/retailer or a qualiﬁed interference that may cause technician for service. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) undesired operation of the device. system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Changes or modiﬁcations to this Communications Commission (FCC) system by other than an authorized Rules and with Industry Canada. service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. 2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry Matching Transmitter(s) to To replace the battery: (RKE) System Operation Your Vehicle 1. Extend the key. See Keys Each RKE transmitter is uniquely on page 2-2 for additional coded to prevent another transmitter information. from unlocking the vehicle. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased through your dealer/retailer. All transmitters need to be re-coded to match the new transmitter. The lost transmitter will no longer work after the new transmitters are re-coded. The vehicle can have a maximum of ﬁve transmitters coded to it. c (Lock): Press to lock the doors, liftgate and fuel tank door. Battery Replacement 2. Open the RKE transmitter. If the driver door is open, the doors Replace the battery if the Remote 3. Remove the old battery. Do not will not lock. Control Battery check message use a metal object. appears in the DIC. See “Remote 4. Insert the new battery, positive d (Unlock): Press to unlock the Control Battery Check” under DIC side facing up. Replace with a doors, liftgate and fuel tank door. Warnings and Messages (Base and CR2032 or equivalent battery. Press and hold d to lower all Uplevel Systems) on page 4-37. 5. Close the RKE transmitter. the windows. Notice: When replacing the Synchronization battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. After changing the battery, turn the Static from your body could ignition to ON/RUN. This will damage the transmitter. synchronize the key. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Power Door Locks Doors and Locks CAUTION (Continued) The power door lock switch is Door Locks • Young children who get into located on the instrument panel. { unlocked vehicles may be T (Door Lock): Press to lock CAUTION unable to get out. A child can or unlock the doors, liftgate, and the be overcome by extreme heat fuel tank door. Unlocked doors can be and can suffer permanent dangerous. injuries or even death from If the driver’s door is not closed • Passengers, especially heat stroke. Always lock your properly, the power door lock switch children, can easily open the vehicle whenever you leave it. will not lock the doors. doors and fall out of a • Outsiders can easily enter When the vehicle has been moving vehicle. When a door through an unlocked door unlocked, the key is not in the is locked, the handle will not when you slow down or stop ignition, and no door is opened the open it. You increase the your vehicle. Locking your vehicle will automatically lock chance of being thrown out doors can help prevent this itself again after one minute. of the vehicle in a crash if from happening. the doors are not locked. So, wear safety belts properly To manually lock or unlock your and lock the doors whenever vehicle, use the key in the driver’s you drive. door from the outside to unlock (Continued) it. When the driver door is opened the entire vehicle is unlocked. There are also window sill knobs that unlock each door from the inside. 2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Rear Door Security To set the locks, insert a key into the slot and turn it to the horizontal CAUTION (Continued) Locks position. The door can only be Your vehicle has rear door security opened from the outside with the If you must drive with the liftgate locks to prevent passengers from door unlocked. To return the door to open, or if electrical wiring or opening the rear doors from the normal operation, turn the slot to other cable connections must inside. the vertical position. pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate: Liftgate • Make sure all other windows are shut. { CAUTION • Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its It can be dangerous to drive highest speed with the with the liftgate open because recirculation mode off. That carbon monoxide (CO) gas can will force outside air into your come into your vehicle. You vehicle. See Climate Control cannot see or smell CO. It can System in the index. cause unconsciousness and • If you have air outlets on or even death. under the instrument panel, open them all the way. Open the rear doors to access the (Continued) security locks on the inside edge of each door. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Notice: If you open the liftgate Theft-Deterrent without checking for overhead obstructions such as a garage Systems door, you could damage the Vehicle theft is big business, liftgate or the liftgate glass. especially in some cities. This Always check to make sure the vehicle has theft-deterrent features, area above and behind the liftgate however, they do not make it is clear before opening it. impossible to steal. Immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject Use the inside pull handle to lower to the following two conditions: and close the liftgate. 1. This device may not cause Do not press the touchpad while interference. closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including Always close the liftgate before interference that may cause driving. undesired operation. Press the touchpad located in the handle of the liftgate and lift up to open. 2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

This device complies with RSS-210 The system is automatically If the engine does not start and the of Industry Canada. Operation is disarmed when the key is turned to service vehicle soon light flashes subject to the following two ON/RUN. there is a problem with the system. conditions: Turn the ignition off and try again. You do not have to manually arm or 1. This device may not cause disarm the system. If the engine still does not start and interference. the service vehicle soon light 2. This device must accept any continues to flash, try another key. interference received, including If the engine still does not start interference that may cause with the other key, the vehicle needs undesired operation of the service. If the vehicle does start, device. The service vehicle soon light, the first key may be damaged. located in the instrument panel See your dealer/retailer who can Changes or modifications to this cluster, comes on if there is system by other than an authorized service the theft-deterrent system a problem with arming or disarming and have a new key made. service facility could void the theft-deterrent system. authorization to use this equipment. In an emergency, contact Roadside The key uses a transponder that Service. See Roadside Assistance Immobilizer Operation matches an immobilizer control unit Program on page 11-5. in the vehicle. Only the correct This vehicle has a passive key starts the vehicle. Do not leave the key or device that theft-deterrent system. disarms or deactivates the theft When starting the vehicle, the deterrent system in the vehicle. The system is automatically armed service vehicle soon light comes on when the key is removed from briefly when the ignition is turned on. the ignition. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Content Theft-Deterrent Arming the System How the System Alarm is Activated This vehicle has a content To arm the system: theft-deterrent alarm system. 1. Close all doors, windows, hood To activate the system if it is armed, and sunroof. open any door, the liftgate or hood. The horn will sound and the 2. Press c on the Remote Keyless hazard warning flashers will flash. Entry (RKE) transmitter. How to Turn Off the System The security light flashes when the vehicle is armed. Alarm To turn off the system alarm, do The security light is located on the Disarming the System one of the following: instrument panel. To disarm the system, do one of the • Press the unlock button on the following: Do not use this system if there are RKE transmitter. people in the vehicle. The doors • Press d on the RKE transmitter. • Insert the key in the ignition and can not be unlocked from inside the • Turn the ignition on. turn it on. vehicle. The security light stays on for The theft-deterrent system is approximately one second when the disarmed when the alarm is vehicle is disarming. turned off. 2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Leaving children, helpless Leaving children in a vehicle adults, or pets in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for with the windows closed is many reasons, children or dangerous. They can be others could be badly injured overcome by the extreme heat or even killed. They could and suffer permanent injuries operate the power windows or or even death from heat stroke. other controls or even make the Never leave a child, a helpless vehicle move. The windows will adult, or a pet alone in a function and they could be vehicle, especially with the seriously injured or killed if windows closed in warm or hot caught in the path of a closing weather. window. Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

Express-Down Window Window Lockout This feature is on all windows. o (Window Lockout): This button It allows you to lower the window is located on the driver’s door all the way without holding the armrest. Slide the switch forward to switch down. turn the lockout feature on. The Press the front of the switch to rear windows can only be opened or the second position and release. closed by the driver window If you want to stop the window as switches. The light on the button it is lowering, brieﬂy pull up the indicates the feature is in use. Press switch. again to turn off. Press and hold the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors The window switches are located on transmitter to lower all of the each of the doors. Pull the visor toward you, or move it windows from outside the vehicle. to the side to help reduce glare. To lower a window, press the switch down. To raise a window, pull the To use the lighted mirror, lift switch up. the cover. 2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Mirrors Cleaning the Mirror Outside Power Mirror(s) Do not spray glass cleaner directly Manual Rearview Mirror on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with glass cleaner. Hold the mirror in the center to move it for a clearer view of behind your vehicle. Outside Mirror(s) To maximize the viewing area, Headlamp Glare adjust each mirror to see the side of To reduce headlamp glare from your vehicle and the area beside vehicles following from behind, pull and behind your vehicle. the lever toward you. Push the Manually fold the mirrors ﬂat against lever forward after the vehicle glare the side of the vehicle by pushing is gone, to return the mirror back them toward the vehicle’s doors. to the original position. hi(Power Mirrors): Press to ® Vehicles with OnStar have three select the driver side or passenger ® OnStar control buttons located at side mirror. Press the arrows to the bottom of the mirror. See your move the selected mirror in dealer/retailer for more information the desired direction. on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar®. See OnStar¨ System on page 4-38. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Outside Heated Mirrors Sunroof t Vent/Open: With the sunroof in The vehicle may have outside the closed position, press to vent heated mirrors which help clear the the sunroof. With the sunroof in the condensation, snow, and ice. vent position, press to open the sunroof. The sunshade will < (Rear Window Defogger): open automatically with the sunroof. Press to heat the mirrors. See “Rear u Window Defogger” under, Climate Close: Press to close the Control System on page 7-1 for sunroof. Press and hold to close more information. completely. Sunshade On vehicles with a sunroof, the r switches are located in the overhead Sunshade Open: Press to console. To operate the sunroof, open the sunshade. the ignition must be turned on. s Sunshade Close: Press to close the sunshade, and press and hold to close the sunshade completely. 2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

✍ NOTES Storage 3-1

Storage Storage Cargo Cover Your vehicle may have a cargo Glove Box cover. Pull up on the handle to open the Storage glovebox. There may be a shelf Glove Box ...... 3-1 inside that can be removed by lifting Cupholders ...... 3-1 up on the shelf and pulling it out. Cargo Cover ...... 3-1 Cargo Tie Downs ...... 3-1 Cupholders

To remove the cover, unhook the retaining straps from the liftgate and pull the cover from the side guides. Cargo Tie Downs There is a cupholder on the front edge of the rear seat cushion. There are four cargo tie-downs To open or close, press on the located in the rear compartment of cupholder. the vehicle, that can be used to secure small loads. There is a cupholder on the rear center console. 3-2 Storage

✍ NOTES Instruments and Controls 4-1

Instruments and Warning Lights, Gages, Winter Driving Mode and Indicators Light ...... 4-23 Controls Warning Lights, Gages, Fog Lamp Light ...... 4-23 and Indicators ...... 4-11 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 4-24 Instrument Panel Cluster ...4-12 Cruise Control Light ...... 4-24 Speedometer and Highbeam On Light ...... 4-24 Instrument Panel Odometer ...... 4-13 Door Ajar Light ...... 4-24 Overview Trip Odometer(s) ...... 4-13 Service Vehicle Soon Instrument Panel Tachometer ...... 4-13 Light ...... 4-24 Overview ...... 4-2 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-14 Fuel Gage ...... 4-25 Hazard Warning Flashers ...4-4 Airbag Readiness Light .....4-14 Low Fuel Warning Light ....4-25 Horn ...... 4-4 Passenger Airbag Status Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Indicator ...... 4-15 Driver Information Turn Signal/Multifunction Charging System Light ...... 4-17 Center (DIC) Lever ...... 4-4 Brake System Warning Driver Information Cruise Control ...... 4-5 Light ...... 4-17 Center (DIC) ...... 4-26 Turn and Lane-Change Antilock Brake System DIC Operation and ...... 4-8 (ABS) Warning Light ...... 4-18 Signals ® Displays (Base Level Headlamp High/Low-Beam StabiliTrak Indicator DIC and Audio) ...... 4-27 Changer ...... 4-8 Light ...... 4-19 DIC Operation and Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-8 Engine Coolant Displays (Uplevel Windshield Wipers ...... 4-9 Temperature Warning DIC and Audio) ...... 4-31 Windshield Washer ...... 4-10 Light ...... 4-19 DIC Warnings and Rear Window Wiper/ Tire Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Messages (Base and Washer ...... 4-10 Malfunction Uplevel Systems) ...... 4-37 Indicator Lamp ...... 4-20 Accessory Power ® Outlet(s) ...... 4-10 Oil Pressure Light ...... 4-22 OnStar System Low Oil Level Light ...... 4-23 OnStar® System ...... 4-38 4-2 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Panel Overview Instruments and Controls 4-3

The main components of the F. Audio Steering Wheel Controls O. Fog Lamps on page 5-2. instrument panel are the: on page 6-24. (If Equipped) (If Equipped) A. Exterior Lamps Controls on G. Windshield Wipers on page 4-9. P. Instrument Panel Brightness on page 5-1. H. Heated Seats on page 1-6. page 5-3. B. Outlets. Outlet Adjustment on (If Equipped) Q. Hood Release on page 9-5. page 7-4. I. StabiliTrak¨ System on R. Tilt Wheel on page 4-4. C. Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever page 8-19. (If Equipped) S. Horn on page 4-4. on page 4-4. J. Driver Information Center (DIC) T. Ignition Positions on page 8-2. D. DIC Operation and Displays on page 4-26. (If Equipped) (Base Level DIC and Audio) U. Climate Control System on K. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 7-1. on page 4-27 or DIC Operation page 4-4. and Displays (Uplevel DIC V. Accessory Power Outlet(s) on and Audio) on page 4-31 and L. Power Door Locks on page 2-5. page 4-10. (Covered) Audio Steering Wheel Controls M. Passenger Safety Belt W. Audio System(s) on page 6-1. on page 6-24. (If Equipped) Reminder. Safety Belt X. Glove Box on page 3-1. E. Instrument Panel Cluster on Reminders on page 4-14. page 4-12. N. Front Passenger Airbag. Airbag System on page 1-23. 4-4 Instruments and Controls

Hazard Warning Flashers Tilt Wheel Turn Signal/Multifunction | : Press this button located on A tilt and telescope wheel lets the Lever the instrument panel, to make the steering wheel position be adjusted. front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. This warns others that you are having trouble. Press the button again to turn the flashers off. While the hazard warning flashers are on, the turn signals do not work. An indicator light on the hazard warning flasher button comes on whenever the ignition is turned on. If the airbags are deployed, the The lever on the left side of the hazard warning flashers turn steering column includes the on automatically. Press the following: button twice to turn them off. The adjustment lever is located on G the left side of the steering column. : Turn and Lane-Change Signals. Horn It allows the steering column to be moved up or down and in or out. 2 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Press the horn symbol in the middle Changer. of the steering wheel to sound Do not adjust the steering wheel the horn. while driving. J : Cruise Control (If Equipped). Flash-to-Pass Feature. Information for these features is on the pages following. Instruments and Controls 4-5

Cruise Control With cruise control, a speed of about 9 (On/Off): Press and hold the 25 mph (40 km/h) or more can be button on the back end of the cruise maintained without keeping your foot { CAUTION control lever, to turn the cruise on the accelerator. This can really control system on or off. The CC help on long trips. Cruise control Cruise control can be on or CC off message will appear on does not work at speeds below the instrument panel cluster at the dangerous where you cannot about 25 mph (40 km/h). drive safely at a steady speed. odometer display to show that the So, do not use your cruise cruise control system is on or off. control on winding roads or A J (Set/Accelerate): Press in heavy traffic. to set a speed and to accelerate Cruise control can be the speed. dangerous on slippery roads. W On such roads, fast changes B (Resume/Coast): Press to in tire traction can cause resume a set speed and to decrease excessive wheel slip, and you the speed. could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. The cruise control buttons are located on the turn signal/ multifunction lever on the left side of the steering wheel. 4-6 Instruments and Controls

Setting Cruise Control 1. Press J and the current speed For safety reasons the cruise is stored and maintained. control cannot be turned on until 2. Take your foot off the accelerator the brake has been applied once. pedal. The J indicator light on With automatic transmission, only the instrument panel cluster turns use cruise control in DRIVE (D). on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed. Press the On/Off button to turn on the cruise control. A message brieﬂy The cruise control automatically appears on the instrument panel disengages under the following cluster at the odometer display conditions: CC Off Message when the cruise control has been • The vehicle speed drops below turned on. 25 mph (40 km/h). { CAUTION • The brake is applied. • The clutch pedal is applied If you leave your cruise control (for manual transmission on when you are not using vehicles). cruise, you might hit a button • The automatic transmission is in and go into cruise when you NEUTRAL (N). do not want to. You could be startled and even lose control. • The On/Off button is pressed. Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control. CC On Message Instruments and Controls 4-7

Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using Using Cruise Control on Hills Once the vehicle speed reaches Cruise Control How well the cruise control will work about 25 mph (40 km/h) or more and • Press and hold W until the on hills depends upon the vehicle the cruise control is on, press W. desired lower speed is reached, speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. While going up steep hills, The vehicle returns to the previous then release it. you might have to step on the speed selected before the cruise • To reduce vehicle speed in accelerator pedal to maintain the was disengaged. small increments, brieﬂy vehicle’s speed. While going The stored speed is deleted if the press W repeatedly. Each time downhill, you might have to brake ignition is turned off. this is done, the vehicle speed or shift to a lower gear to keep the decreases by about 1 mph vehicle’s speed down. Of course, Increasing Speed While Using (1.6 km/h). applying the brake turns off the Cruise Control cruise control. J When the W button is released • Press and hold until the Ending Cruise Control desired speed is reached, the current speed is stored There are several ways to end then release it. and maintained. cruise control: • To increase vehicle speed Passing Another Vehicle • Step lightly on the brake or in small increments, brieﬂy While Using Cruise Control clutch pedal. press J repeatedly. Each Use the accelerator pedal to • The automatic transmission is time this is done, the vehicle increase the vehicle speed. When placed in NEUTRAL (N). speed increase by about 1 mph the accelerator pedal is released, • Press the 9 button. (1.6 km/h) without using the the vehicle will return to the accelerator pedal. previously set cruise speed. Erasing Speed Memory When the J button is released The cruise control set speed the current speed is stored memory is erased when the cruise and maintained. control or the ignition is turned off. 4-8 Instruments and Controls

Turn and Lane-Change To signal a lane change, raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts Signals to flash, and then release the lever. The turn signal has two upward and Do not move the lever past the downward positions to signal a turn detent. The turn signal will or a lane change. automatically flash three times and turn off. This indicator light on the instrument To cancel it before turning, move panel cluster is on while the high the lever slightly in either direction. beam headlamps are on. Do not past the detent. Flash-to-Pass Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer Pull the turn signal/multifunction To signal a turn, move the lever all lever towards you to flash the high the way up or down, past the detent. 23(Headlamp High/Low beams from low beam. The lever returns to its starting position when released. Beam Changer): To change the headlamps from low to high beam, An arrow on the instrument panel push the multifunction lever towards cluster flashes in the direction of the instrument panel. To return to the turn or lane change. low-beam headlamps, push the lever towards the instrument panel again or pull the lever toward you. Then release it. Instruments and Controls 4-9

Windshield Wipers For a single wipe pull the lever down from the off position. The lever Clear ice and snow from the wiper will return to its original position. blades before using them. If the For more cycles, hold the lever wiper blades are frozen to the down before releasing it. windshield, gently loosen or thaw them. If the blades do become RainSense™ Wipers damaged, install new blades or There is a moisture sensor mounted blade inserts. See Windshield Wiper on the windshield next to the inside Blade Replacement on page 9-21. rearview mirror. When active, the Heavy snow or ice can overload the sensor is able to detect moisture on wiper motor. A circuit breaker will the windshield and automatically stop the motor until it cools down. control the frequency of the wipes Clear away snow or ice to prevent The lever on the right side of the according to the weather conditions. an overload. steering column operates the windshield wipers. Push up or pull To turn on the RainSense feature, down on the lever to place it in the wipers must be set to the one of the following positions. intermittent delay setting on the windshield wiper lever. [ (High): For rapid wiping cycles. To turn off RainSense, move the — (Low): For slow, steady wiping lever downwards. cycles. Notice: Going through an -- (Intermittent/RainSense™): automatic car wash with the See RainSense™ wipers below. wipers on can damage them. Turn the wipers off when going 9 (Off): Turns off the wipers. through an automatic car wash. 4-10 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer To turn the rear wiper on or off, Accessory Power push the windshield wiper lever. Outlet(s) { To turn on the rear washer, hold the CAUTION The 12-volt accessory power outlets windshield wiper lever toward the can be used to connect electrical front of the vehicle to spray the rear In freezing weather, do not use equipment, such as a cellular phone. your washer until the windshield window. There may be a accessory power is warmed. Otherwise the The rear wiper turns on outlet located inside the console washer fluid can form ice on automatically when the windshield below the climate controls. the windshield, blocking your wiper is turned on and the shift lever vision. is in REVERSE (R). Notice: Leaving electrical The rear window washer uses the equipment on for extended Pull the windshield wiper lever same fluid bottle as the windshield periods will drain the battery. toward you to spray washer fluid washer. However, the rear window Always turn off electrical on the windshield. The wipers will washer will run out of fluid before the equipment when not in use and run for a few cycles to clear the windshield washer. If washer fluid do not plug in equipment that windshield. For more wash cycles, sprays onto the windshield but not exceeds the maximum 20 ampere pull the lever forward and hold. the rear window, check the fluid rating. level. See Windshield Washer Certain electrical accessories may Rear Window Wiper/ Fluid on page 9-20. not be compatible with the accessory Washer For information on replacing the power outlet and could result in For vehicles with the rear wiper/ rear wiper blades, see Windshield blown vehicle or adapter fuses. washer feature, it is turned on by Wiper Blade Replacement on If there is a problem, see your moving the windshield wiper lever. page 9-21. dealer/retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet. Instruments and Controls 4-11

Notice: Adding any electrical Warning Lights, Gages can indicate when there may equipment to your vehicle be or is a problem with one of the may damage it or keep other Gages, and Indicators vehicle’s functions. Often gages components from working as they This section describes the warning and warning lights work together should. The repairs would not be lights and gages on the vehicle. to indicate a problem with the covered by your warranty. Check vehicle. with your dealer/retailer before Warning lights and gages can signal When one of the warning lights adding electrical equipment. that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause comes on and stays on while When adding electrical equipment, an expensive repair or replacement. driving, or when one of the gages be sure to follow the installation Paying attention to the warning lights shows there may be a problem, instructions included with the and gages could prevent injury. check the section that explains equipment. what to do. Follow this manual’s Warning lights come on when there advice. Waiting to do repairs can Notice: Improper use of the may be or is a problem with one be costly and even dangerous. power outlet can cause damage of the vehicle’s functions. Some not covered by your warranty. warning lights come on brieﬂy when Do not hang any type of the engine is started to indicate they accessory or accessory bracket are working. from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only. 4-12 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how the vehicle is running. You will know how fast you are going, about how much fuel you have used, and many other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically.

United States Base Automatic Transmission version shown, Canada, Manual Transmission and Uplevel similar Instruments and Controls 4-13

Speedometer and Trip Odometer(s) remaining distance that can be driven until service is required. Odometer The trip odometer, located at the See Engine Oil Life System on The speedometer lets you see your center of the instrument panel page 9-9 and the index of the Saturn speed in both miles per hour (mph) cluster, tells how far the vehicle Astra Limited Warranty, Maintenance or kilometers per hour (km/h). has been driven since the trip and Owner Assistance Information odometer was set to zero. Manual. The odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven, To reset the trip odometer, hold the in either miles or kilometers. reset stem, located to the right of Tachometer the speedometer, for approximately If your vehicle needs a new one second while the trip odometer odometer installed, the new one will is displayed. The engine must be set to the mileage total of the old be turned on. odometer. If it cannot, it will be set at zero and a label must be put on the Service Display driver’s door to show the old mileage The vehicle may have a display reading when the new odometer was above the odometer that shows The tachometer displays the engine installed. If the mileage is unknown, when service is needed. The number speed in revolutions per minute. the label should then indicate that displays with “INSP” is the “previous mileage unknown.” 4-14 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders This cycle repeats if the driver Airbag Readiness Light remains unbuckled and the vehicle Driver Safety Belt Reminder is moving. This light tells you if there is an Light electrical problem. The system check If the driver’s belt is already buckled, includes the airbag sensor, the There is a Driver Safety Belt neither the light nor chime will pretensioners, the airbag modules, Reminder Light on the instrument come on. the wiring and the crash sensing panel cluster. Passenger Safety Belt and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, Reminder Light see Airbag System on page 1-23.

When the engine is started this light and chime will come on and stay on If your vehicle has this light, it will for several seconds to remind people This light will come on and stay operate the same as the Safety Belt to fasten their safety belts. The light on for several seconds when you Reminder Light except that it is will also begin to ﬂash. start your vehicle. Then the light meant for the front passenger. should go out. If the passenger’s safety belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light will come on. Instruments and Controls 4-15

If the airbag readiness light stays on Passenger Airbag Status after you start the vehicle or comes on when your are driving, your airbag Indicator system may not work properly. Have The vehicle has a passenger your vehicle serviced right away. sensing system. The rearview mirror has a passenger airbag status indicator. { CAUTION Canada

If the airbag readiness light When you start the vehicle, the stays on after the vehicle is passenger airbag status indicator started, it means the airbag will light ON and OFF, or the symbol system may not be working for on and off, for several seconds properly. The airbags in the as a system check. Then, after vehicle may not inﬂate in a United States several more seconds, the status crash, or they could even indicator will light either ON or OFF, inﬂate without a crash. or either the on or off symbol to let To help avoid injury, have the you know the status of the right vehicle serviced right away. front passenger’s frontal and seat-mounted side impact airbags. 4-16 Instruments and Controls

If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued) indicator, it means that the right front passenger’s frontal airbag and This is because the back of the guarantee that an airbag will seat-mounted side impact airbag rear-facing child restraint would not deploy under some unusual are enabled (may inflate). be very close to the inflating circumstance, even though it is airbag. Do not use a rear-facing turned off. We recommend that child restraint in the right front rear-facing child restraints be { CAUTION passenger’s seat if the airbag is secured in a rear seat, even if If the on indicator comes on turned on. the airbag is or airbags are off. when you have a rear-facing child restraint installed in the If the word OFF or the off symbol right front passenger’s seat, { CAUTION is lit on the passenger airbag it means that the passenger status indicator, it means that the sensing system has not turned Even though the passenger passenger sensing system has off the passenger’s frontal sensing system is designed turned off the right front passenger’s airbag and seat-mounted side to turn off the right front frontal airbag and seat-mounted impact airbag (if equipped). passenger’s frontal airbag and side impact airbag. See Passenger A child in a rear-facing child seat-mounted side impact Sensing System on page 1-30 for more on this, including important restraint can be seriously airbag (if equipped) if the safety information. injured or killed if the right front system detects a rear-facing passenger’s airbag inflates. child restraint, no system is fail-safe, and no one can (Continued) (Continued) Instruments and Controls 4-17

If, after several seconds, both status Charging System Light Brake System Warning indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be Light a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer/retailer for service.

{ CAUTION This light comes on briefly when the If the airbag readiness light in ignition is turned on, but the engine is United States Canada the instrument panel cluster not running, as a check to show the This light should come on briefly ever comes on and stays on, it light is working. It should go out when the ignition is turned on. when the engine is started. means that something may be If it does not come on, have it fixed wrong with the airbag system. If the light stays on, or comes so it will be ready to warn you if If this ever happens, have the on while driving, there may be a there is a problem. vehicle serviced promptly, problem with the electrical charging because an adult-size person system. Have it checked by your When the ignition is on, the brake sitting in the right front dealer/retailer. Driving while this system warning light will come on passenger’s seat may not have light is on could drain the battery. when the parking brake is set. the protection of the airbag(s). The light will stay on if the parking If a short distance must be driven See Airbag Readiness Light brake does not release fully. If it with the light on, be sure to turn off on page 4-14 for more on this, stays on after the parking brake is all accessories, such as the radio fully released, there is a brake including important safety and air conditioner. problem. Have your brake system information. inspected immediately. 4-18 Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on while driving, Antilock Brake System 3. Turn off the ignition. a chime will sound. Pull off the road 4. Then restart the engine. and stop. The pedal might be harder (ABS) Warning Light to push or go closer to the ﬂoor. If the light remains on after resetting It might also take longer to stop. the system or comes on again while If the light is still on, have the vehicle driving, your vehicle needs service. towed for service. See Towing Your The antilock brakes are not working Vehicle on page 9-72. properly and there might be a problem stopping the vehicle. Pull { off the road and stop. It may take CAUTION The Antilock Brake System (ABS) longer to stop the vehicle. If the light light will come on brieﬂy, as a check, is still on, have the vehicle towed for The brake system may not be when you start your vehicle. service. See Towing Your Vehicle working properly if the brake on page 9-72 for more information. system warning light is on. If it does not, have your vehicle Driving with the brake system serviced so that the light works warning light on can lead to properly when it needs to. { CAUTION an accident. If the light is still If the light stays on longer than a on after the vehicle has been few seconds after you start your Your brake system may not be pulled off the road and carefully engine, or comes on and stays on working properly if the Antilock stopped, have the vehicle while you are driving, try resetting Brake System (ABS) light is on. towed for service. the system. To reset the system: Driving with the ABS light on can lead to an accident. If the 1. If you are driving, pull over when light is still on after you have it is safe to do so. It may take pulled off the road and stopped longer to stop the vehicle. carefully, have the vehicle 2. Place the vehicle in PARK (P). towed for service. Instruments and Controls 4-19

StabiliTrak® Indicator When the system is active, the light Notice: Driving with the engine will flash while the system helps coolant temperature warning light Light control the vehicle. You may also on could cause your vehicle to feel or hear the system working. overheat. See Engine Overheating This is normal. on page 9-15. Your vehicle could be damaged, and it might not be Engine Coolant covered by your warranty. Never Temperature Warning drive with the engine coolant Light temperature warning light on. For vehicles with this light, it should This light comes on briefly when the Tire Pressure Light come on briefly when the ignition ignition is turned on as a system is turned on. check. If it does not, take the vehicle If the light does not come on, have to your dealer/retailer for service. it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If the light stays on, or comes on while driving there may be a problem with the StabiliTrak system and your This light comes on briefly as a vehicle may need service. When this check when the ignition is turned on. light is on, the StabiliTrak system This light comes on and stays on does not assist in controlling the If this light comes on and stays lit, the engine has overheated. when one or more of the vehicle’s vehicle. Adjust your driving tires are significantly underinflated. accordingly. If this happens pull over and see See StabiliTrak¨ System on Engine Overheating on page 9-15 page 8-19 for more information. for more information. 4-20 Instruments and Controls

Stop and check the tires as soon as Notice: If the vehicle is it is safe to do so. If underinflated, continually driven with this light inflate to the proper pressure. on, after a while, the emission See Tires on page 9-38 for more controls might not work as well, information. the vehicle’s fuel economy might not be as good, and the engine This light flashes for approximately might not run as smoothly. This one minute and then stays on when This light comes on briefly, as a could lead to costly repairs that the system detects a malfunction. check to show it is working, when the might not be covered by the See Tire Pressure Monitor System ignition is turned to ON/RUN. If the warranty. on page 9-48 for more information. light does not come on, see your dealer/retailer. Notice: Modifications made to Malfunction the engine, transmission, exhaust, Indicator Lamp If the light stays on it indicates that intake, or fuel system of the there is an OBD II problem and vehicle or the replacement of the Check Engine Light service is required. original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance A computer system called OBD II Malfunctions often are indicated by Criteria (TPC) can affect the (On-Board Diagnostics-Second the system before any problem is vehicle’s emission controls and Generation) monitors operation apparent. Heeding the light can can cause this light to come on. of the fuel, ignition, and emission prevent more serious damage to the Modifications to these systems control systems. It makes sure that vehicle. This system is also designed could lead to costly repairs not emissions are at acceptable levels to assist the service technician in covered by the warranty. This for the life of the vehicle, helping to correctly diagnosing any malfunction. could also result in a failure produce a cleaner environment. to pass a required Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications on page 9-3. Instruments and Controls 4-21

This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission • Make sure to fuel the vehicle malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has been with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality detected on the vehicle. Diagnosis causes the engine not to run as Light Flashing: A misfire condition and service might be required. efficiently as designed and may has been detected. A misfire cause: stalling after start-up, increases vehicle emissions and An emission system malfunction stalling when the vehicle is could damage the emission control might be corrected by doing changed into gear, misfiring, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis the following: hesitation on acceleration, and service might be required. • Make sure the fuel cap is fully or stumbling on acceleration. The following can prevent more installed. See Filling the Tank on These conditions might go away serious damage to the vehicle: page 8-37. The diagnostic system once the engine is warmed up. can determine if the fuel cap If one or more of these conditions • Reduce vehicle speed. has been left off or improperly occurs, change the fuel brand installed. A loose or missing fuel • Avoid hard accelerations. used. It will require at least one cap allows fuel to evaporate into • Avoid steep uphill grades. full tank of the proper fuel to the atmosphere. A few driving turn the light off. If the light continues to flash, when trips with the cap properly it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. installed should turn the light off. See Gasoline Octane on page 8-35. Find a safe place to park the vehicle. • If the vehicle has been driven Turn the key off, wait at least through a deep puddle of water, If none of the above have made the 10 seconds, and restart the engine. the vehicle’s electrical system light turn off, have your dealer/retailer If the light is still flashing, follow the might be wet. The condition is check the vehicle. The dealer/retailer previous steps and see your dealer/ usually corrected when the has the proper test equipment and retailer for service as soon as electrical system dries out. diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical possible. A few driving trips should turn or electrical problems that might the light off. have developed. 4-22 Instruments and Controls

Emissions Inspection and replaced or if the battery has Notice: Lack of proper engine oil Maintenance Programs run down. The diagnostic system maintenance may damage the is designed to evaluate critical engine. The repairs would not be Some state/provincial and local emission control systems during covered by the vehicle warranty. governments have or might begin normal driving. This can take Always follow the maintenance programs to inspect the emission several days of routine driving. schedule in this manual for control equipment on your vehicle. If this has been done and the changing engine oil. Failure to pass this inspection vehicle still does not pass the could prevent getting a vehicle inspection for lack of OBD system registration. readiness, your dealer/retailer can Here are some things to know to prepare the vehicle for inspection. help the vehicle pass an inspection: • The vehicle will not pass this Oil Pressure Light inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly. { CAUTION This light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to • The vehicle will not pass this Do not keep driving if the oil be sure it works. If it does not, have inspection if the OBD (on-board the vehicle serviced. diagnostic) system determines pressure is low. The engine can that critical emission control become so hot that it catches If the light comes on and stays on, it systems have not been fire. You or others could be means that oil is not flowing through completely diagnosed by the burned. Check the oil as soon the engine properly. The vehicle system. The vehicle would as possible and have the could be low on oil and might have be considered not ready for vehicle serviced. some other system problem. inspection. This can happen if the battery has recently been Instruments and Controls 4-23

Low Oil Level Light Winter Driving Mode Fog Lamp Light Light

This light should come on brieﬂy The fog lamp light will come on when the ignition is turned on as This light will come on when the when the fog lamps are in use. a check to let you know that the winter driving mode feature is in use. The light will go out when the fog light is working. When you turn off the winter driving lamps are turned off. See Fog If this light comes on and stays on mode feature, the light will go out. Lamps on page 5-2 for more while the engine is running, it means If it stays on, your vehicle may need information. your engine is low on oil. You need service. See your dealer/retailer. to check the oil level as soon as See “Winter Driving Mode” under possible. See Engine Oil on page 9-7 Automatic Transmission Operation for further information. on page 8-5 for more information. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil. 4-24 Instruments and Controls

Exterior Lamps Off Highbeam On Light Service Vehicle Soon Reminder Light

This light comes on when the This light comes on whenever the high-beam headlamps are in use. This light should come one brieﬂy exterior lights are off. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam when the ignition is turned on See Exterior Lamps Controls on Changer on page 4-8 for more as a check to let you know that page 5-1 for more information. information. the light is working. Cruise Control Light This light will come on if a condition Door Ajar Light exists that may require the vehicle to be taken in for service. If the light comes on and stays on, see your dealer/retailer for service as soon as possible.

This light comes on whenever you set the cruise control. This light will come on when a door The light goes out when the cruise or liftgate is open. Before driving, control is turned off or disengaged. check that all doors are properly See Cruise Control on page 4-5 closed. for more information. Instruments and Controls 4-25

Fuel Gage The arrow on the fuel gage points Low Fuel Warning Light to the side of the vehicle with the fuel door. Here are five things that some owners ask about. These are normal and do not indicate a problem with your fuel gage: • At the service station, the gas Your fuel gage tells you about how This light, below the fuel gage, pump shuts off before the gage much fuel you have left, when should come on briefly when the reads full. the ignition is on. ignition is turned on as a check to let • It takes a little more or less fuel to you know that the light is working. When the indicator nears empty, fill up than the gage indicated. the low fuel warning light will come This light also comes on when on. You still have a little fuel left, • The indicator moves a little when the fuel tank is low on fuel. When but you should get more soon. you turn a corner or speed up. you add fuel the light should go off. See Low Fuel Warning Light • The gage goes back to empty If it does not, have your vehicle on page 4-25 for more information. when you turn off the ignition. serviced. • The vehicle is driven or parked on a grade. 4-26 Instruments and Controls

Driver Information See DIC Operation and Displays On vehicles with the base level DIC, (Base Level DIC and Audio) on Q displays when the outside air Center (DIC) page 4-27 or DIC Operation and temperature is cold enough to Vehicles with a Driver Information Displays (Uplevel DIC and Audio) create icy road conditions. Center (DIC) can display: on page 4-31 and Audio System(s) on page 6-1 for more information. On vehicles with the uplevel DIC, • Time “Slippery road” displays. An F in the display indicates a fault. • Outside temperature See your dealer/retailer for service. The road surface may already be • Date or audio system, if it is icy even though the DIC shows turned on Outside Air Temperature a few degrees above freezing. Adjust your driving accordingly. • Trip computer, on vehicles with The DIC shows the temperature this feature outside of the vehicle in either degrees Fahrenheit or degrees • Warning messages Celsius. A fall in temperature The type of information and how it is is displayed immediately, while a displayed depends on the equipment rise in temperature is displayed of the vehicle and the settings of the after a short delay. trip computer and audio system. Instruments and Controls 4-27

DIC Operation and Displays (Base Level DIC and Audio)

On some vehicles, menu options can be selected with the left thumbwheel on the steering wheel: CD 30 with MP3 Player shown, without MP3 Player similar 1. Turn the thumbwheel down to advance to the next menu item. If the vehicle has the base level Selecting Functions Turn the thumbwheel up to return DIC, the following information Functions and settings of some to the previous menu item. explains how the system works. equipment can be accessed 2. Press the thumbwheel to select through the DIC. You can use the the menu item. thumbwheel, if the vehicle has one, or the buttons on the audio system The available menu options are as described following. then shown in order on the display. 4-28 Instruments and Controls

On some vehicles, if a warning The following functions are Ignition Logic message appears, the display available: If the vehicle has this feature, is blocked from other functions. • Time, setting hours see Audio System(s) on page 6-1 See DIC Warnings and Messages for more information. (Base and Uplevel Systems) on • Time, setting minutes page 4-37 for information on • Date, setting day Language Selection acknowledging the message. • Date, setting month To select the display language for some functions: System Settings • Date, setting year 1. Select language from the To enter the Settings menu: • Ignition Logic Settings menu. 1. Press SETTINGS on the audio • Language selection system. 2. Make the desired selection. • Setting units of measure Audio or System will appear. Setting Units of Measure Setting Date and Time 2. Press the left arrow button on To select which units of measure the audio system or use the To set the date and time: are to be used: thumbwheel on the steering 1. Select time and date from the 1. Select units from the wheel, if the vehicle has one, Settings menu. Settings menu. to reach menu item System. 2. Make the desired selections. After pressing the OK button, 2. Make the desired selection. the ﬁrst function of the System The setting is saved when menu is shown. the menu item is exited. Instruments and Controls 4-29

Trip Computer The functions are displayed in the Average Consumption following order: The vehicle may have a trip This display shows the approximate computer. The trip computer Instantaneous Consumption average miles per gallon (mpg) or provides information on driving liters per 100 kilometers (l/100 km). data. This information is continually This display shows the current fuel This number is calculated based recorded and evaluated economy at a particular moment on the number of mpg (l/100 km) electronically. If power has been and will change frequently as driving recorded since the last time this interrupted or if the battery voltage conditions change. This display menu item was reset. shows the instantaneous fuel has dropped too low, the values The measurement can be reset to stored in the trip computer will economy in miles per gallon (mpg) or liters per 100 kilometers (l/100 km). zero at any time and restarted. be lost. See “Reset” later in this section. To access trip computer vehicle The metric display changes data, do one of the following: depending on speed: Trip Consumption • Press the BC button on the audio • Below 8 mph (13 km/h), displays This display shows the number of system. in l/h. gallons (gal) or liters (l) of fuel used since the last reset. • Press the left thumbwheel, if your • Above 8 mph (13 km/h), displays vehicle has this feature, on the in l/100 km. The measurement can be reset to steering wheel. This screen cannot be reset. zero at any time and restarted. See “Reset” later in this section. Once an audio function has been selected, the rows of the trip computer function are displayed. 4-30 Instruments and Controls

Average Speed Range in the fuel tank. This estimate will This display shows the average This display shows the approximate change if driving conditions change. speed of the vehicle in miles number of remaining miles (mi) For example, if driving in traffic and per hour (mph) or kilometers or kilometers (km) the vehicle making frequent stops, this display per hour (km/h). This average is can be driven without refueling. may read one number, but if the calculated based on the various vehicle is driven on a freeway, the The message “Range” displays vehicle speeds recorded since number may change even though if less than 31 mi (50 km) can be the last reset of this value. the same amount of fuel is in the driven with the fuel remaining in the fuel tank. This is because different The measurement can be reset to tank. The message “Refuel!” displays driving conditions produce different zero at any time and restarted. when approximately 19 mi (30 km) fuel economies. Generally, freeway See “Reset” later in this section. can be driven with the fuel remaining driving produces better fuel economy in the tank. With less than 19 mi than city driving. Fuel range cannot Distance Travelled (30 km) worth of fuel remaining the be reset. This display shows the current range display will show “- -” once distance traveled in either miles (mi) the “Refuel!” message has been Stop Watch or kilometers (km) since the last acknowledged. This display can be used as a timer. reset. See DIC Warnings and Messages To start or stop the timer, press The measurement can be reset to (Base and Uplevel Systems) on the right arrow on the audio system. zero at any time and restarted. page 4-37 for information on See “Reset” later in this section. acknowledging the message. To reset the timer, press the left arrow until the value returns to zero. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel If your vehicle has the left economy over recent driving history thumbwheel on the steering wheel, and the amount of fuel remaining you can start or stop the timer by pressing the thumbwheel. Instruments and Controls 4-31

Reset DIC Operation and Displays (Uplevel DIC and Audio) The following trip computer information can be reset: • Average consumption • Trip consumption • Average speed • Distance travelled To reset the value: 1. Select the desired trip computer information. 2. Press the OK button on the audio system, or press the CDC 40 left thumbwheel, if your vehicle has this feature, on the steering If the vehicle has the uplevel DIC, Selecting Functions wheel: the following information explains Functions and settings of some how the system works. • To reset the current value, equipment can be accessed through press and hold brieﬂy. the DIC. • To reset all values, press for six seconds. 4-32 Instruments and Controls

On some vehicles, if a warning message appears, the display is blocked from other functions. See DIC Warnings and Messages (Base and Uplevel Systems) on page 4-37 for information on acknowledging the message. For each functional area there is a main page (Main), which is selected at the top edge of the display: • Audio • Trip computer, if your vehicle has On some vehicles, menu Menu options can be selected this feature options can be selected with with the left thumbwheel on the multifunction knob on the the steering wheel: See “Trip Computer” later in this section for more information. audio system: 1. Turn the thumbwheel down to 1. Turn the multifunction knob advance to the next menu item. For Audio functions, see Audio until the desired menu item is System(s) on page 6-1 for more Turn the thumbwheel up to return information. highlighted. to the previous menu item. 2. Press the multifunction knob to 2. Press the thumbwheel to select select the menu item. the menu item. To exit a menu, turn the multifunction knob clockwise or counterclockwise to “Return” or “Main”, then press the knob. Instruments and Controls 4-33

System Settings Setting Date and Time Setting Units of Measure To enter the Settings menu, do one To set the date and time: To select which units of measure of the following: 1. Select Time, Date from the are to be used: • Press MAIN, if your vehicle has Settings menu. 1. Select Units from the this feature, on the audio system. The menu for Time, Date is Settings menu. • Press the SETTINGS button on displayed. The available units are displayed. the audio system. 2. Select the menu items required. 2. Make the desired selection. The Settings menu will appear. 3. Make the desired selection. When selected, a O appears next to the item. The functions are displayed in the Language Selection following order: To select the display language for Adjusting Contrast 1. Time, Date some functions: The vehicle may have this feature. 2. Language 1. Select Language from the To adjust the contrast: 3. Units Settings menu. 1. Select Contrast from the 4. Contrast The available languages are Settings menu. displayed. 5. Day / Night The menu for Contrast is 2. Make the desired selection. displayed. 6. Ign. (Ignition) logic When selected, a r appears 2. Make the desired selection. next to the item. 4-34 Instruments and Controls

Day / Night Trip Computer The functions are displayed in the following order: The vehicle may have this feature. The vehicle may have a trip The display can be adjusted to computer. The trip computer Range best match the lighting conditions. provides information on driving To adjust this setting: data. This information is This display shows the approximate continually recorded and number of remaining miles (mi) 1. Select Day / Night from the or kilometers (km) the vehicle Settings menu. evaluated electronically. If power has been interrupted or if the battery can be driven without refueling. The available options are voltage has dropped too low, the The message “Range” displays if displayed: values stored in the trip computer less than 31 miles (50 km) can be • Auto: Adjusts the display will be lost. driven with the fuel remaining in automatically based on The trip computer main page the tank. the lighting conditions. provides information on range See DIC Warnings and Messages • Day: Black or colored text on and instantaneous consumption. (Base and Uplevel Systems) on a light background. To access other trip computer page 4-37 for information on • Night: White or colored text vehicle data, do one of the following: acknowledging the message. on a dark background. • Press the BC button on the The fuel range estimate is based 2. Make the desired selection. audio system, if your vehicle on an average of the vehicle’s fuel has this feature. economy over recent driving history When selected, a O appears next and the amount of fuel remaining in to the item. • Press the left thumbwheel, if your the fuel tank. This estimate will vehicle has this feature, on the change if driving conditions change. Ignition Logic steering wheel. If the vehicle has this feature, see • Select the trip computer menu Audio System(s) on page 6-1 front display. for more information. Instruments and Controls 4-35

For example, if driving in traffic and The metric display changes Average Speed making frequent stops, this display depending on speed: This display shows the average may read one number, but if the • Below 8 mph (13 km/h), displays speed of the vehicle in miles per vehicle is driven on a freeway, in l/h. hour (mph) or kilometers per the number may change even hour (km/h). This average is though the same amount of fuel • Above 8 mph (13 km/h), displays in l/100 km. calculated based on the various is in the fuel tank. This is because vehicle speeds recorded since different driving conditions produce This screen cannot be reset. the last reset of this value. different fuel economies. Generally, freeway driving produces better Distance Travelled The measurement can be reset to zero at any time and restarted. fuel economy than city driving. This display shows the current See “Reset” later in this section. Fuel range cannot be reset. distance traveled in either miles (mi) Instantaneous Consumption or kilometers (km) since the last Trip Consumption reset. This display shows the current fuel This display shows the number economy at a particular moment and The measurement can be reset to of gallons (gal) or liters (l) of will change frequently as driving zero at any time and restarted. fuel used since the last reset. See “Reset” later in this section. conditions change. This display The measurement can be reset to shows the instantaneous fuel zero at any time and restarted. economy in miles per gallon (mpg) or See “Reset” later in this section. liters per 100 kilometers (l/100 km). 4-36 Instruments and Controls

Average Consumption The desired stop watch displays can To reset the value: This display shows the approximate be selected from the Options menu, 1. Select BC 1 or BC 2 from the trip average miles per gallon (mpg) or if your vehicle has this feature: computer menu. liters per 100 kilometers (l/100 km). Driving Time excl. Stops: The The information of the two This number is calculated based time the vehicle is in motion is trip computers can be reset on the number of mpg (l/100 km) recorded. Stationary time is not separately, making it possible recorded since the last time this included. to evaluate data from different menu item was reset. time periods. Driving Time incl. Stops: The time The measurement can be reset to the vehicle is in motion is recorded 2. To reset, do one of the following: zero at any time and restarted. along with the time the vehicle is See “Reset” later in this section. • Select the desired trip stationary with the key in the ignition. computer information. Timer Travel Time: Measurement of The value for the selected This display can be used as a timer. the time from manual activation, function will be reset and by selecting Start, to manual recalculated. Select Timer from the menu. deactivation, by selecting Reset. The Timer menu will display. • To reset all information of Reset a trip computer, select All To start the timer, select Start. values. The following trip computer To reset the timer, select Reset. information can be reset: After resetting, dashes will display for the trip computer information • Distance travelled selected. The recalculated values • Average speed will display after a brief delay. • Trip consumption • Average consumption Instruments and Controls 4-37

DIC Warnings and Some messages may not require Some messages cannot be cleared Messages (Base and immediate action, but you can from the DIC display because they acknowledge that you received the are more urgent. These messages Uplevel Systems) messages and to clear them from the require action before they can Messages are displayed on the DIC display by doing one of the following: be cleared. You should take any to notify the driver that the status of • Press the OK button on the base messages that appear on the display the vehicle has changed and that level audio system. seriously and remember that clearing some action may be needed by the messages will only make the the driver to correct the condition. • Press the multifunction knob, if messages disappear, not correct Multiple messages may appear your vehicle has this feature, the problem. on the uplevel audio system. one after another. Warning messages for the uplevel • Press the left thumbwheel, if your The DIC monitors some ﬂuid levels, DIC follow. On the base level vehicle has this feature, on the battery of the Remote Keyless Entry DIC, messages appear in an steering wheel. (RKE) transmitter, the theft-deterrent abbreviated form. system on vehicles with this feature, If there are several warning the brake light switch, and important messages, acknowledge them Brakelight check--- exterior lights, including wiring and one at a time. This message displays when there fuses. is a problem with the vehicle lighting. The source of the problem is displayed as text. For example, “Brakelight check right”. 4-38 Instruments and Controls

Brakelight switch check Safeguard check OnStar® System This message displays when the This message displays when there brake lamp does not come on is a problem with the theft-deterrent when the brake is applied. Have system. Have the system serviced your vehicle serviced by your by your dealer/retailer immediately. dealer/retailer immediately. Washer Fluid Level Coolant level check (Base Level) or Washing Water Level (Uplevel) This message displays when the OnStar uses several innovative engine coolant level is low. Have This message displays when the technologies and live advisors to the cooling system serviced by your vehicle’s windshield washer fluid is provide you with a wide range of dealer/retailer as soon as possible. low. When the washer fluid level is safety, security, information, and See Engine Coolant on page 9-12. low, the rear window washer system convenience services. If your airbags is deactivated. Fill the windshield Remote Control Battery deploy, the system is designed to washer fluid reservoir to the proper make an automatic call to OnStar check level as soon as possible. See Emergency advisors who can This message displays if the Windshield Washer Fluid on request emergency services be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) page 9-20. sent to your location. If you lock your transmitter battery is low. Replace keys in the vehicle, call OnStar at the battery in the transmitter. 1-888-4-ONSTAR and they can send See “Battery Replacement” under a signal to unlock your doors. If you Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) need roadside assistance, press the System Operation on page 2-4. OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you. Instruments and Controls 4-39

OnStar service is provided to you OnStar Services Available Services with subject to the OnStar Terms and For new vehicles with OnStar, Safe & Sound Plan Conditions. You may cancel your the Safe & Sound Plan, or the • Automatic Notiﬁcation of Airbag OnStar service at any time by Directions & Connections Plan Deployment contacting OnStar. A complete is included for one year from the OnStar Owner’s Guide and the • Link to Emergency Services date of purchase. You can extend OnStar Terms and Conditions are this plan beyond the ﬁrst year, • Roadside Assistance included in the vehicle’s OnStar or upgrade to the Directions & Subscriber glove box literature. • Stolen Vehicle Location Connections Plan. For more For more information, visit Assistance information, press the OnStar onstar.com or onstar.ca, contact button to speak with an advisor. • AccidentAssist OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Some OnStar services (such as • Remote Door Unlock/Vehicle (1-888-466-7827) or TTY Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Alert 1-877-248-2080, or press the Vehicle Location Assistance) may OnStar button to speak with an • OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics not be available until you register OnStar advisor 24 hours a day, with OnStar. • GM Goodwrench On Demand 7 days a week. Diagnostics (if equipped) Not all OnStar features are available • OnStar Hands-Free Calling with on all vehicles. To check if your 30 complimentary minutes vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below, or for a • OnStar Virtual Advisor full description of OnStar services (U.S. Only) and system limitations, see the OnStar Owner’s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar.com. 4-40 Instruments and Controls

Available Services included with Mobility service plan in Canada, How OnStar Service Works depending on eligibility. To ﬁnd out Directions & Connections Plan In order to provide you with OnStar more, refer to the OnStar Owner’s • All Safe and Sound Plan Services services, your vehicle’s OnStar Guide in the vehicle’s glove box, visit system has the capability of • Driving Directions - Advisor onstar.com or onstar.ca, or speak recording and transmitting vehicle delivered or OnStar Turn-by-Turn with an OnStar advisor by pressing information. This information is Navigation (If equipped) the OnStar button or calling automatically sent to an OnStar 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). • RideAssist Call Center at the time of an OnStar • Information and Convenience OnStar Virtual Advisor button press, Emergency button Services press or if your airbags deploy. OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature The vehicle information usually OnStar Hands-Free Calling of OnStar Hands-Free Calling includes your GPS location and, that uses your minutes to access OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows in the event of a crash, additional location-based weather, local information regarding the accident eligible OnStar subscribers to make traffic reports, and stock quotes. and receive calls using voice that your vehicle has been involved By pressing the phone button and in. When you use the Virtual Advisor commands. Hands-Free Calling is giving a few simple voice commands, integrated into the vehicle, and can feature of OnStar Hands-Free you can browse through the various Calling, your vehicle also sends be used with OnStar Pre-Paid Minute topics. See the OnStar Owner’s Packages. Hands-Free Calling may OnStar your GPS location so that we Guide for more information (Only can provide you with location-based also be linked to a Verizon Wireless available in the continental U.S.). service plan in the U.S. or a Bell services. Instruments and Controls 4-41

OnStar service cannot work unless OnStar service that involves location Your Responsibility your vehicle is in a place where information about your vehicle You may need to increase the OnStar has an agreement with a cannot work unless GPS satellite volume of your radio to hear the wireless service provider for service signals are unobstructed and OnStar advisor. If the light next to the in that area. OnStar service also available in that place as well. OnStar buttons is red, this means cannot work unless you are in a Your vehicle must have a working that your system is not functioning place where the wireless service electrical system (including adequate properly and should be checked provider OnStar has hired for that battery power) for the OnStar by your dealer/retailer. If the light area has coverage, network capacity equipment to operate. There are appears clear (no light is appearing), and reception when the service is other problems OnStar cannot your OnStar subscription has needed, and technology that is control that may prevent OnStar expired. You can always press the compatible with the OnStar service. from providing service to you at OnStar button to conﬁrm that your Not all services are available any particular time or place. Some OnStar equipment is active. everywhere, particularly in remote examples are damage to important or enclosed areas, or at all times. parts of your vehicle in an accident, hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather or wireless phone network congestion. 4-42 Instruments and Controls

✍ NOTES Lighting 5-1

Lighting Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the parking lamps together with the Exterior Lamps Controls following: • Taillamps Lighting The exterior lamp control is • Sidemarkers Exterior Lamps Controls .....5-1 located on the instrument panel Daytime Running to the left of the steering wheel. • License Plate Lamps Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-2 Delayed Headlamps ...... 5-2 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Fog Lamps ...... 5-2 headlamps, together with the Instrument Panel previously listed lamps. Brightness ...... 5-3 After 15 minutes with the ignition Dome Lamp(s) ...... 5-3 switched off and the low-beam Entry Lighting ...... 5-3 headlamps on, the parking lamps Reading Lamps ...... 5-3 turn on. Rear Compartment Lamp .....5-4 Battery Run-Down Protection ...... 5-4 Turn the exterior lamp control to the following positions: T (Off): Turns off the exterior lamps. AUTO (Automatic): Turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically, depending upon outside lighting. 5-2 Lighting

Daytime Running The taillamps and other lamps will Fog Lamps Lamps (DRL) be off. The DRL turns off when the engine Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can is not running. make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the The regular headlamps or parking day. DRL can be helpful in many lamps should be used when needed. different driving conditions, but they For vehicles with fog lamps, the can be especially helpful in the Delayed Headlamps button is located on the instrument short periods after dawn and before panel, to the left of the steering sunset. Fully functional daytime Vehicles with headlamp exit delay, wheel. running lamps are required on all keep the headlamps and taillamps on for 30 seconds. The ignition and headlamps or vehicles ﬁrst sold in Canada. parking lamps must be on to turn on The DRL system makes the To activate: the fog lamps. The fog lamps will not low-beam headlamps turn on at 1. Turn the ignition off and remove turn on if the high beam headlamps a reduced brightness when the key from the ignition. or ﬂash to pass are active. the following conditions are met: 2. Open the driver door. Press the button to turn the fog • The engine is running. lamps on or off. An indicator light on 3. Pull the multifunction lever • The light sensor determines it the instrument panel cluster comes toward the steering wheel. on when the fog lamps are on. is night and the exterior lamps control is in the off position. To deactivate, do either of the Some localities have laws that following: • The light sensor determines require the headlamps to be it is daytime. • Insert the key into the ignition. on along with the fog lamps. • Pull the multifunction lever toward the steering wheel again while the driver door is open. Lighting 5-3

Instrument Panel Entry Lighting Reading Lamps Brightness With entry lighting, the interior of the Front Reading Lamps D vehicle is illuminated while entering (Instrument Panel the vehicle. The interior lamps Brightness): The knob with this turn on brieﬂy when the door symbol on it is located next to the is unlocked using the key or the exterior lamps control to the left of Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the steering wheel. Push the knob in transmitter and the ignition is in all the way until it extends out and LOCK/OFF. After a few seconds then turn the knob clockwise or have passed, the interior lamps counterclockwise to brighten or dim will slowly fade out. the lights. Push the knob back in when ﬁnished. The front reading lamps, located on Dome Lamp(s) the headliner, can be controlled There are two dome lamps. The rear separately by the buttons located dome lamp turns on automatically near each lamp. with the front dome lamp. \ (On/Off): Press to turn the lamp + (On/Off): Press to turn the on or off. front dome lamp on or off while the doors are closed. 5-4 Lighting

Rear Reading Lamps Battery Run-Down The rear seat reading lamps can be Protection turned on while the ignition is on. This feature helps prevent the 9 (Off): Press to turn the lamp off. battery from being drained, if the courtesy lamps, reading lamps, sun R (On): Press to turn the lamp on. visor, glovebox or rear compartment lamp are left on. If any of these lamps are left on, they automatically Rear Compartment Lamp turn off after approximately The liftgate lamp turns on when the 20 minutes, if the ignition is off. liftgate is opened and turns off when the liftgate is closed. Infotainment 6-1

Audio System(s) Keeping your mind on the drive is Infotainment important for safe driving. See Determine which audio system the Defensive Driving on page 8-16. vehicle has and then read the Here are some ways in which you following pages to become familiar can help avoid distraction while Audio System(s) with its features. driving. Audio System(s) ...... 6-1 Radio(s) ...... 6-2 While your vehicle is parked: { CAUTION Theft-Deterrent Feature .....6-24 • Familiarize yourself with all of its Audio Steering Wheel controls. Controls ...... 6-24 This system provides you with Radio Reception ...... 6-25 far greater access to audio • Familiarize yourself with its Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-25 stations and song listings. operation. Giving extended attention to • Set up your audio system by entertainment tasks while presetting your favorite radio driving can cause a crash and stations, setting the tone, and you or others can be injured or adjusting the speakers. Then, killed. Always keep your eyes on when driving conditions permit, the road and your mind on the you can tune to your favorite radio drive — avoid engaging in stations using the presets and extended searching while remote control on the steering driving. wheel. See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 6-24 and the audio system manual for more information. 6-2 Infotainment

Radio(s) Ignition Logic When this feature is enabled it turns the audio system on or off when the ignition is turned on or off. To turn the audio system on or off with Ignition Logic: • Press n / R or insert a CD to turn the audio system on. Press n / R to turn the audio system off when the Ignition Logic system is disabled and the ignition is ON/RUN. CD 30 MP3 Shown, CD 30 Similar • For vehicles with OnStar®, the audio system will only turn off System Operation OK: Press to conﬁrm selections if the ignition is OFF and OnStar n and go to the next page in the is not in use when the Ignition / R (Volume/Power): Press settings menu. Logic system is enabled. to turn the system on or off. Turn to increase or decrease the volume. \ or ]: Press to change menu options. BC (Board Computer): Press to use the Board Computer. See DIC SOUND: Press to enter the sound Operation and Displays (Base Level settings menu and go to the next DIC and Audio) on page 4-27 or DIC page in sound settings. Operation and Displays (Uplevel DIC SETTINGS: Press to adjust system and Audio) on page 4-31. and sound settings. Infotainment 6-3

The Ignition Logic is preset to turn System Display Audio Settings off the audio system when the The following information shows on The audio settings can be set ignition is turned off. To enable or the system display: for each audio source and are disable Ignition Logic: • FM or AM, and the current stored separately for each radio 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio station frequency if the radio is station and the CD player. displays. active. Adjusting the Tone (Bass/Treble) 2. Press \ until System displays. • The station name displays if RDS To adjust the Bass: 3. Press OK until Ign. Logic is activated. 1. Press SOUND until Bass ON or Ign. Logic OFF displays. • AS displays if the AS level is appears. activated. 4. Press \ or ] to select the 2. Press \ or ] to adjust the level setting. The setting is saved • CD displays, and the CD title from -12 through +12. The automatically. number or the CD title name if the CD player is active. setting is saved automatically. • Press SETTINGS again to • Press SETTINGS again to go move back one level in • MP3 displays if the CD is an back one level in the menu. the menu. MP3 CD. • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or • RDM displays if the CD is being display that function. BC to turn on that feature. played in random mode. Audio displays and the system The most recent selected audio starts to play if SETTINGS, FM/AM, source plays when the audio system CD/MP3, or BC is not pressed is turned on and the display is lit. within ﬁve seconds after the setting The outside temperature, time, is saved. and date display when the audio system is turned off and the ignition is ON/RUN, see Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 4-26. 6-4 Infotainment

Audio displays and the audio Adjusting the Sound Settings To adjust the sound settings using system starts to play if SETTINGS, There are preset sound settings the SETTINGS button: FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC is not designed for different types of music 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio pressed within ﬁve seconds after appears. the setting is saved. To adjust the sound settings using the SOUND button: 2. Press OK until Sound appears. To adjust the Treble: 1. Press SOUND until Sound 3. Press \ or ] to select between 1. Press SOUND until Treble appears. appears. Rock, Disco, Classic, Jazz, 2. Press \ or ] to select between Vocal, and Off. The setting is 2. Press \ or ] to adjust the level saved automatically. Rock, Disco, Classic, Jazz, from -12 through +12. The Vocal, and Off. The setting is • Press SETTINGS again to go setting is saved automatically. saved automatically. back one level in the menu. • Press SETTINGS again to go • Press SETTINGS again to go • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to back one level in the menu. back one level in the menu. display that function. • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to display that function. display that function. Infotainment 6-5

Adjusting the Speakers To adjust the Fade using the Speed-Dependant Volume (Balance/Fade) SOUND button: Control (SDVC) To adjust the Balance using the 1. Press SOUND until Fader SDVC automatically adjusts the SOUND button: appears. volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle increases 1. Press SOUND until Balance 2. Press \ or ] to adjust the level appears. or decreases speed while driving. from -12 through +12. The 2. Press \ or ] to adjust the level setting is saved automatically. To adjust SDVC: from -12 through +12. The • Press SETTINGS again to go 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio setting is saved automatically. back one level in the menu. appears. • Press SETTINGS again to go • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to 2. Press OK until SDVC appears. back one level in the menu. display that function. 3. Press \ or ] to adjust the • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to display that function. To adjust the Fade using the level from 0 through 5. The SETTINGS button: setting is saved automatically. To adjust the Balance using the SETTINGS button: 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio • Press SETTINGS again to go appears. back one level in the menu. 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio appears. 2. Press OK until Fader appears. • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to display that function. 2. Press OK until Balance appears. 3. Press \ or ] to adjust the level 3. Press \ or ] to adjust the level from -12 through +12. The setting is saved automatically. from -12 through +12. The setting is saved automatically. • Press SETTINGS again to go • Press SETTINGS again to go back one level in the menu. back one level in the menu. • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to display that function. display that function. 6-6 Infotainment

OnStar® Volume On Volume Using the Radio For vehicles with OnStar, the OnStar The On Volume is used to set the FM/AM: Press to select between Volume is used to set the maximum maximum initial volume level for the FM, FM-AS, AM, and AM-AS, initial volume level for the OnStar audio system when it is turned on. or to listen to the radio while a CD system when it is turned on. The maximum initial volume level is is playing. To set OnStar Volume: used only if the volume level before RDS (Radio Data System): Press 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio turning the audio system off was to identify stations by name appears. higher than the maximum initial instead of the radio frequency. volume level set. This will work 2. Press OK until OnStar Vol. when the audio system has been LOC (LOCAL/DX Function): Press appears. off for at least ﬁve minutes and the to change between LOC ON or LOC OFF. When the LOC function is on, 3. Press \ or ] to adjust the level ignition is OFF. it searches for the strongest radio from -12 through 12. The setting To set the On Volume level: frequency. If none is found, it is saved automatically. 1. Press SETTINGS until Audio automatically search for a weaker • Press SETTINGS again to go appears. radio frequency. If no frequency back one level in the menu. 2. Press OK until On Volume is found after the second search, • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to appears. the radio returns to the last active display that function. frequency. If a new station search is 3. Press \ or ] to adjust the level not started within one minute, the low from -12 through 12. The setting sensitivity (LOCAL) is set when the is saved automatically. next search is started. When LOC OFF is set, a search is carried out • Press SETTINGS again to go using the high sensitivity (DX). back one level in the menu. • Press FM/AM, CD/MP3, or BC to display that function. Infotainment 6-7

Finding an FM/AM Station Automatic Station Search: Use Manual Station Search: Use automatic station search when manual station search when 1 - 9 (Station Preset Buttons): the radio frequency is unknown. the radio frequency is known. Press to play stations that are programmed to the radio preset Press \ or ] for more then To use manual station search: pushbuttons. one second to have the radio search • Press and hold \ or ] until the SCN (Station Preset Scan): Press for the next station. Seek is shown desired frequency is reached. to start station preset scan. The radio on the display and the radio is • Tap \ or ] until the desired goes to the ﬁrst preset station, plays muted until a station is found. frequency is reached. for a few seconds, then goes to the If the radio fails to locate a station, next preset station. Press SCN again the last active frequency is then Setting Preset Stations to stop scanning preset stations. reset. When LOC is activated, The radio can store up to 36 stations \ or ]: Press to ﬁnd radio stations a search for the next strong station using the station preset buttons: is made. If it is not activated, it using the automatic station search searches the next receivable station. • 9FM or the manual station search. • 9 FM - AS (Autostore) • 9AM • 9 AM - AS (Autostore) 6-8 Infotainment

Radio stations can be stored Using the CD Player Loading a CD manually, and by using Autostore. Display Options To load a CD, insert the CD label To manually store preset stations: The display can be changed side up in the CD player. The CD player pulls the CD in automatically. 1. Select FM or AM and tune to the depending on what type of CD desired radio station. is in the CD player. The display • The display shows Read CD, the options are: CD symbol and the number of CD 2. Press and hold one of the nine tracks. station preset buttons, the radio Audio CD without CD text: • When the first track starts to play, briefly mutes and displays the • Track number and playing time. previously stored station. The the display shows track 1 and the new station has been stored Audio CD with CD text: playing time. when the radio begins playing • Track title again. Playing a CD • Artist name 3. Repeat the steps for each radio CD/MP3: Press to play a CD or station to be stored. • Tack number and playing time MP3 CD that is already loaded into • CD name the CD player while the radio is AS (Autostore): Press to playing. See “Using an MP3” in the automatically store the nine To change the display: owner manual index. strongest stations in the selected 1. Press CD/MP3 twice, CD info \ or ]: Press to go to the next or radio band. appears on the display. previous track. Press and hold to To use Autostore: 2. Press \ or ] to select the fast forward or fast rewind within 1. Select FM or AM. display type. a track and the CD plays at a higher speed and a reduced volume. 2. Press and hold AS until a beep 3. After about five seconds, the is heard. selected display type is saved. Z : Press to eject a CD, Eject CD 3. The radio begins storing the is displayed and the radio begins stations in the nine preset playing. button locations. Infotainment 6-9

Random: Press CD/MP3 three MP3 CDs recorded without ID3 tags Playing an MP3 times to hear the tracks in random, display: CD/MP3: Press to play an MP3 CD rather than sequential order. Press • File name that is already loaded into the CD \ or ] to select between Random • Track number and playing time player while the radio is playing. on and Random off. RDM shows on the display when random is in use. • Album name Selecting a Track Using an MP3 CD MP3 CDs recorded with ID3 tags \ or ]: Press to go to the next or display: previous track. Press and hold to The CD 30 MP3 is capable of fast forward or fast rewind within a playing MP3 CDs that have been • Track title track. During fast forward, the recorded to a CD-R. • Artist name CD plays at a higher speed and a Supported File Structure • Track number and playing time reduced volume. • Album name The CD 30 MP3 supports up to: Z : Press to eject a CD, Eject CD • 99 albums. To change the display: appears on the display and the radio begins playing. • 367 tracks. 1. Press CD/MP3 twice, CD info appears on the display. • Bit rates up to 256 kbps. Selecting an Album 2. Press \ or ] to select the To select a different album when File Naming display type. the MP3 CD contains several Files must be named .mp3 for the 3. After about ﬁve seconds, the albums: CD to work. ID3 tags are supported. selected display type is saved. 1. Press CD/MP3. The following information shows on the display when the CD MP3 is 2. Press \ or ] until the desired playing. album displays. 6-10 Infotainment

Random Mode Care of CD’s and the CD Care of the CD Player MP3 CD can be played in the Player Do not add labels to a CD, it could following random modes: Care of CDs get caught in the CD player. Use a marking pen to write on the top of the • Random album: Tracks from Store CDs in their original cases or CD if a description is needed. the selected album are played other protective cases and away randomly. from direct sunlight and dust. The CD Do not use CD lens cleaners, they • Random CD: All tracks from all player scans the bottom of the disc. could damage the CD player. albums are played randomly. If the bottom of a CD is damaged it may not play properly or at all. Do Notice: If a label is added to • Random Off: Turns off not touch the bottom of a CD while a CD, or more than one CD is random play. handling it. Pick up CDs by grasping inserted into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play To use random: the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. scratched or damaged CDs, the 1. Press CD/MP3 three times. CD player could be damaged. If the surface of a CD is dirty, take While using the CD player, use 2. Press \ or ] to select between a soft, lint free cloth or dampen a only CDs in good condition Random album, Random CD clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral without any label, load one CD at a and Random Off. detergent solution mixed with water, time, and keep the CD player and RDM shows on the display when and clean it. Make sure the wiping the loading slot free of foreign random is use. process starts from the center to materials, liquids, and debris. the edge. Infotainment 6-11

Ignition Logic When this feature is enabled it turns the audio system on or off when the ignition is turned on or off. To turn the audio system on or off with the Ignition Logic: • Press R or Z to turn the audio system on. Press R to turn the audio system off when the Ignition Logic system is disabled and the ignition is ON/RUN. CDC 40 • For vehicles with OnStar®, the System Operation [ (Multifunction Knob): Turn audio system will only turn off to select a menu item, press if the ignition is OFF and OnStar R (Volume/Power): Press to to enable or disable a menu item. is not in use when the Ignition turn the system on or off. Turn to Logic system is enabled. increase or decrease the volume. \ / ] / _ / ^ (Four-way Switch): Press to select menu options. BC (Board Computer): Press to use the Board Computer, see SOUND: Press to enter the sound DIC Warnings and Messages settings menu and go to the (Base and Uplevel Systems) on next page in sound settings. page 4-37. SETTINGS: Press to adjust system and sound settings. 6-12 Infotainment

The Ignition Logic is preset to turn • CD displays along with the CD Menu System off the audio system when the number, CD track number, CD The audio systems menu contains ignition is turned off. To enable title, artists name or album types of menu pages: or disable Ignition Logic: name plus track time and track 1. Press SETTINGS, System name, if the CD player is active. Selection pages Settings displays. • CD in displays if more than one Selection pages have a selection 2. Turn the multifunction knob to CD is inserted. menu on the left side of the screen select Ign. Logic and press • MP3 displays if the CD is an showing a preview of the menu the multifunction knob to select MP3 CD. items. Selection pages lead or un-select the option. to navigation or settings pages. • RDM displays if the CD is being System Display played back in random mode. Feature pages The following information shows on • T displays if Random CD is on. Feature pages are menu pages. the system display: Feature pages also contain • U displays if Random menu items which can be selected • FM or AM displays, and the Magazine is on. and lead to other navigation or current station frequency or • S displays if repeat track is on. settings pages. The Tuner menu station name if the radio is active. is an example of a feature page. • The station name displays • u displays if Scan CD is on. when RDS stations are active. Settings pages The most recent selected audio • The station name displays if RDS source plays when the audio system Setting pages are menu pages is activated. is turned on and the display is lit. where the audio system settings can be changed. • AS displays if AS is activated. The outside temperature, time, and date display when the audio system is turned off and the ignition is ON/RUN, see Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 4-26. Infotainment 6-13

Menus To exit from a menu: Selecting from a List The menus of the audio systems • Turn the multifunction knob to Some menus are displayed in the are structured in levels. The current the left until Return is displayed form of lists. menu level is indicated by vertical and then press the knob. • If the cursor is moved to the lines at the edge of the screen. • Press CDC, FM/AM, SETTINGS, top or bottom area of the display, Selecting from a Menu SOUND, or MAIN at any time to other list items appear. A exit from a menu and use that scroll-bar on the right edge of the The items within a menu are function. display indicates the current selected by turning the multifunction cursor position in the list. knob to move the cursor. The cursor Selecting the Audio Menu • The last list item selected is highlights the menu item being The Audio menu allows access to selected. marked with an arrow in some FM, AM, CD, and Sound menus. lists. To select a menu item: To access the Audio menu from one of these menus: • The name of the list and the 1. Turn the multifunction knob number of items in it are displayed until the desired menu item Turn the multifunction knob to the above the list. is highlighted. left until Return displays and To select from a list: 2. Press the multifunction knob to then press the knob. select the function or to display 1. Turn the multifunction knob until another menu. the desired item is highlighted. • Selected menu items display 2. Press the multifunction knob to select the item. as V or a. • Un-selected menu items display as ( or o. 6-14 Infotainment

Overlay Menus 3. Select Bass from the menu and Adjusting the Equalizer Additional notes and information on turn the multifunction knob to The equalizer allows changes to be the audio system or other vehicle adjust the level. made to seven frequencies. components may appear on 4. Press the multifunction knob to To adjust the equalizer: the display as an overlay in some save the setting. cases. The current menu is overlaid 1. Press SOUND and select the Bass tones are automatically with the information box. Some Sound menu item. adjusted to the driving speed to settings have to be conﬁrmed, compensate for rolling and ambient 2. Select Equalizer. others are automatically enabled noise. The setting cannot be after a short time. 3. Select the desired frequency and changed. turn the multifunction knob to Audio Settings To adjust the Treble: adjust the level. The audio settings can be set 1. Press SOUND and select the 4. Press the multifunction knob to for each audio source and are Sound menu item. save the setting. stored separately for each radio 2. Select Treble - Bass. 5. Repeat these steps for each station and the CD player. frequency. 3. Select Treble from the menu and Adjusting the Tone (Bass/Treble) turn the multifunction knob to After making changes to the To adjust the Bass: adjust the level. equalizer, the user option in the Sound menu is enabled. 1. Press SOUND and select the 4. Press the multifunction knob to Sound menu item. save the setting. 2. Select Treble - Bass. Infotainment 6-15

Adjusting the Sound Settings 3. Select Balance from the menu Adjusting the Sound Position There are preset sound settings and turn the multifunction knob The sound position for the audio designed for different types of to adjust the level. system can be adjusted. The music. 4. Press the multifunction knob to settings are: save the setting. To adjust the sound settings: Driver: Adjusts the sound position 1. Press SOUND and select the To adjust the Fade: for the drivers seat. Sound menu item. 1. Press SOUND and select the Front: Adjusts the sound position 2. Select Sound. Sound menu item. for the front seats. 2. Select Fader - Balance. 3. Select: User, Jazz, Speech, Pop, All Positions: The sound is Classical, and Rock. 3. Select Fader from the menu and adjusted for all seats. turn the multifunction knob to 4. Press the multifunction knob to To adjust the sound position: save the setting. adjust the level. 4. Press the multifunction knob to 1. Press SOUND and select the Adjusting the Speakers save the setting. Sound menu item. (Balance/Fade) 2. Select Position and then select To adjust the Balance: the desired sound position. 1. Press SOUND and select the 3. Press the multifunction knob to Sound menu item. save the setting. 2. Select Fader - Balance. 6-16 Infotainment

Speed-Dependant Volume OnStar® Volume Start-up Volume Control (SDVC) For vehicles with OnStar, the OnStar The Start-up Volume is used to set SDVC automatically adjusts the Volume is used to set the maximum the maximum initial volume level volume for road and wind noise as initial volume level for the OnStar for the audio system when it the vehicle increases or decreases system when it is turned on. is turned on. speed while driving. To set OnStar Volume: The maximum initial volume level is To adjust SDVC: 1. Press SOUND, then SETTINGS used when the volume level before 1. Press SOUND, then SETTINGS and select Volume from turning the audio system off was and select Volume from the menu. higher than the maximum initial the menu. volume level set, or if the volume is 2. Select OnStar IN. blow the maximum level. 2. Select SDVC. 3. Turn the multifunction knob to To set the On Volume level: 3. Turn the multifunction knob to adjust the level. adjust the level. 1. Press SOUND, then SETTINGS 4. Press the multifunction knob to and select Volume from 4. Press the multifunction knob to save the setting. the menu. save the setting. 2. Select Start-up Volume. 3. Turn the multifunction knob to adjust the level. 4. Press the multifunction knob to save the setting. Infotainment 6-17

Using the Radio Finding an FM/AM Station Manual Station Search: Use manual station search when 1 - 9 (Station Preset Buttons): FM/AM: Press to select between the radio frequency is known. FM, FM-AS, AM, and AM-AS, Press to play stations that are or to listen to the radio while a CD programmed to the radio preset To use manual station search with is playing. The Tuner Menu pushbuttons. the four-way switch: displays. Automatic Station Search: Use • Press and hold _ or ^ until the LOC (LOCAL/DX Function): Press automatic station search when desired frequency is reached. the radio frequency is unknown. to change between LOC ON or • Press _ or ^ repeatedly until the LOC OFF. When the LOC function The radio is volume is muted desired frequency is reached. is on, it searches for the strongest while the radio searches for a radio frequency. If none is found, To use manual station search with station with strong reception. If the it automatically searches for a the multifunction knob: radio is unable to ﬁnd a station, it weaker radio frequency. If no automatically switches to a more 1. Select Manual from the frequency is found after the second sensitive search level. The radio Tuner menu. search, the radio returns to the returns to the last station playing last active frequency. If a new 2. Turn the multifunction knob until if it fails to locate a station. station search is not started within the desired frequency is reached one minute, the low sensitivity To use automatic station search, do and press the knob. (LOCAL) is set when the next one of the following: search is started. When LOC OFF • Press and hold \ or ] until is set, a search is carried out using the high sensitivity (DX). seek displays. • Select t or u from the radio menu with the multifunction knob. 6-18 Infotainment

Setting Preset Stations To manually store stations using the Using the CD Player multifunction knob: The radio can store up to The CDC 40 is capable of playing 36 stations using the station 1. Select the desired radio station CDs, MP3 CD-Rs, and mixed mode preset buttons: and select Store from the Tuner CD-Rs that have both audio and • 9FM Menu, a list of all stored MP3 tracks on it. stations is displayed. • 9 FM - AS (Autostore) The CD changer holds a maximum 2. Turn the multifunction knob to of 6 CDs, and can play smaller • 9AM choose the location for the 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an • 9 AM - AS (Autostore) station to be stored and press adapter ring. the multifunction knob. Radio stations can be stored using Loading a CD the station preset buttons, the To store stations using Autostore: To load CDs: multifunction knob, and by using 1. Select FM or AM and then select Autostore. Autostore from the Tuner Menu. 1. Press Z (Eject), the To manually store stations using the 2. The Autostore menu is displayed, CD-Changer menu displays. station preset buttons: and the automatic station storing 2. Select an empty CD 1. Select FM or AM and tune to the is started. compartment using the desired radio station. 3. The nine strongest stations in the multifunction knob, Please insert CD now displays. 2. Press and hold one of the selected band are stored to the 9 station preset buttons, the preset buttons. 3. Insert a CD into the slot, Reading radio brieﬂy mutes and displays CD displays and a appears next the previously stored station. to the selected position. The new station is stored and 4. Repeat Step 2 to load the radio begins playing. additional CDs. 3. Repeat the steps for each radio station to be stored. Infotainment 6-19

Display Options Selecting a Track Searching Within a Track The display can be changed Tracks can be selected using the To search within a track using the depending on what type of CD four-way switch or the CD menu four-way switch or the CD menu is in the CD player. The display functions. functions: options are: Selecting a track using the four-way To search using the four-way • Disabled ( o ): Track number, switch: switch: CD number, album number 1. Press and hold \ or ]. and playing time for an audio CD. \ or ]: Press to go to the next or previous track within a CD. • Enabled ( a ): CD name, 2. Release \ or ] when the track name, artist name, Selecting a track using the CD desired point in the track is and album name for an audio CD menu and the t or u function: reached. with CD text. 1. Turn the multifunction knob until To search using the CD menu To change the display: Track is highlighted. 1. Select r or [. 1. Select Extras from the CD Menu. 2. Press the multifunction knob until r [ the desired track is displayed. 2. Select or again when the 2. Enable or disable the Display desired point in the track is track box. Selecting a track using the CD menu reached. and the Track function: Playing a CD 1. Select Track from the CD menu. CDC: Press to play a CD that is already loaded into the CD player 2. Select the desired track from while the radio is playing. The the menu. CD Menu displays. 6-20 Infotainment

Selecting CD To turn off random: Repeat Track CDs can be selected by: 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. The Repeat function repeats the current track. The function can • Pressing the appropriate station 2. Select Normal, and T preset button. be enabled and disabled by using disappears. the four-way switch or the CD menu. • Pressing _ or ^ on the four-way 4 tracks per CD are played before To use repeat using the four-way switch. changing to the next CD for Random switch: • Using the CD menu function. magazine: 1. Press and hold _ until S appears To use random for all CDs: To use the CD menu function: on the display. 1. Select CD from the CD menu. 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. 2. Press and hold ^ until S is no 2. Select the desired CD. 2. Select Random Magazine, and longer on the display to turn U displays. off repeat track. Random Mode To turn off random: There are two modes for random: To use repeat using the CD menu: 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. • Random play CD. 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. • Random magazine. 2. Select Normal, and U 2. Select Repeat Track, S appears disappears. on the display. Tracks on the current CD are played in random order for Random To turn off repeat using the play CD: CD menu: To use Random play CD: 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. 2. Select Normal, S disappears from the display. 2. Select Random CD, and T displays. Infotainment 6-21

Scan CD To turn off Scan CD using the Using an MP3 or Mixed The Scan CD function scans the CD menu: Mode CD ﬁrst ten seconds of each track 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. Supported File Structure on the current CD. The function can u The CDC 40 supports up to: be enabled and disabled by using 2. Select Scan CD, disappears the four-way switch or the CD menu. from the display. • 253 albums. To use Scan CD using the Ejecting a CD • 65,535 tracks. four-way switch: To eject a CD: • Bit rates up to 256 kbps. u 1. Press and hold _ until 1. Press Z. File Naming appears on the display. 2. Select the desired CD to eject by Files must be named .mp3 for the 2. Press and hold ^ until u is no using the station preset buttons CD to work. ID3 tags are supported. longer on the display to turn off or the multifunction knob. The following information shows repeat track. on the display when a CD MP3, or To eject all CDs: a mixed mode CD is playing. To use Scan CD using the Z CD menu: 1. Press and hold until Eject all • CD number CDs displays. 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. • Album name 2. Press the multifunction knob to • Track title and artist 2. Select Scan CD, u appears conﬁrm. The CDs are ejected. on the display. 6-22 Infotainment

Playing an MP3 or Mixed Selecting a track using the CD Selecting an MP3 or Mixed Mode Mode CD menu and the Track function: Album CDC: Press to play an MP3 CD 1. Select Track from the CD menu. CDs can be selected by: that is already loaded into the 2. Select the desired track from • Pressing the appropriate station CD player while the radio is playing. the menu. preset button. The CD Menu displays. Searching Within a Track • Pressing _ or ^ on the four-way Selecting a Track switch. To search within a track using the Tracks can be selected using the four-way switch or the CD menu • Using the CD menu function. four-way switch or the CD menu functions: functions. To use the CD menu function: To search using the four-way 1. Select Album from the CD menu. Selecting a track using the four-way switch: switch: 2. Select the desired Album. 1. Press and hold \ or ]. \ or ]: Press to go to the next or Random Mode 2. Release \ or ] when the previous track within an album. MP3 CDs and Mixed Mode CDs can desired point in the track is Selecting a track using the CD menu be played in random order. There reached. are two modes for random: and the t or u function: To search using the CD menu • Random play CD. 1. Turn the multifunction knob until r [ is highlighted. 1. Select or . • Random magazine. 2. Press the multifunction knob until 2. Select r or [ again when the To turn off random: the desired track is displayed. desired point in the track is 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. reached. 2. Select Normal. Infotainment 6-23

Tracks play in the following order for Tracks play in the following order for Care of CD’s and the CD Random play CD: Random magazine: Player • MP3 CD: If there are five or • MP3 CD: If there are five or Care of CDs fewer albums on an MP3 fewer albums on an MP3 Store CDs in their original cases or CD, four tracks per album are CD, four tracks per album are other protective cases and away played in random order. If there played before changing to from direct sunlight and dust. The CD are more than five albums on the next CD. If there are more player scans the bottom of the disc. the MP3 CD, one track is played than five albums, one track If the bottom of a CD is damaged it per album. Tracks from the per album is played before may not play properly or at all. Do not selected album are played changing to the next CD. touch the bottom of a CD while randomly. • Mixed Mode CD: On a Mixed handling it. Pick up CDs by grasping • Mixed Mode CD: On a Mixed Mode CD, the first of all four the outer edges or the edge of the Mode CD, the tracks from the tracks from the audio part hole and the outer edge. audio part are played first are played in random order and in random order. Then the tracks then the system changes to If the surface of a CD is dirty, take from the MP3 part are played the next CD. The next time the a soft, lint free cloth or dampen a as described above. system changes to the Mixed clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral Mode CD, the tracks from detergent solution mixed with water, To use Random play CD: the MP3 part are played as and clean it. Make sure the wiping 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. described above. process starts from the center to the edge. 2. Select Random CD, T To use random for all CDs: displays. 1. Select Extras from the CD menu. 2. Select Random Magazine, U displays. 6-24 Infotainment

Care of the CD Player Audio Steering Wheel Depending on the vehicle’s features, Do not add labels to a CD, it could Controls see the following audio controls: get caught in the CD player. Use a Z (Rotary Control): Manually marking pen to write on the top of the seek a station by turning to move CD if a description is needed. the cursor either to the previous Do not use CD lens cleaners, they or next screen entry. Press to could damage the CD player. conﬁrm the selection. Notice: If a label is added to a For the DIC (Driver Information CD, or more than one CD is Center), press the rotary control to inserted into the slot at a time, call up the DIC menu. Press to or an attempt is made to play reset the current value. Press and scratched or damaged CDs, the hold for two seconds to reset CD player could be damaged. all of the values. While using the CD player, use only CDs in good condition Y : Press to go to the next preset Some audio controls can be without any label, load one CD at a station if playing the radio. adjusted at the steering wheel. time, and keep the CD player and Press to go to the beginning of a the loading slot free of foreign Several functions of the audio currently playing CD or to the materials, liquids, and debris. system can be operated with the next album on an MP3. audio remote control buttons and Theft-Deterrent Feature the rotary control located on both sides of the steering wheel. The audio system is equipped with an electronic safety system to prevent theft, and only works in the vehicle. Infotainment 6-25

X : Press to toggle between the Radio Reception FM Stereo radio and CD or MP3 as an Frequency interference and static FM stereo gives the best sound, active source for playback. can occur during normal radio but FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). ^ / _: Press the arrows to go back reception if items such as cell phone chargers, vehicle convenience Tall buildings or hills can interfere or advance to the previous or accessories, and external electronic with FM signals, causing the next preset station if playing the devices are plugged into the sound to fade in and out. radio. Press and hold to scroll accessory power outlet. If there is through the preset stations. interference or static, unplug the item Fixed Mast Antenna from the accessory power outlet. Press to go back or advance one The ﬁxed mast antenna can track at a time on a CD. AM withstand most car washes without Press to quickly reverse or advance being damaged, or it can be The range for most AM stations is through the tracks within a CD. removed. If the mast should ever greater than for FM, especially at become slightly bent, straighten 3 (volume): Turn the rotary night. The longer range can cause it out by hand. If the mast is badly control to adjust the volume. Press station frequencies to interfere with bent, replace it. each other. For better radio and hold to adjust the volume Check occasionally to make sure continuously. reception, most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the the mast is still tightened to the day, and then reduce these levels antenna base located on the roof of during the night. Static can also the vehicle. occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on your radio. 6-26 Infotainment

✍ NOTES Climate Controls 7-1 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control System Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control System ...... 7-1 this system. Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-4

Operation Air Delivery Mode Knob The air delivery mode or fan speed To change the current air delivery can be manually adjusted. mode, use the left knob to select one of the following: ) (Bi-Level): This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets and to the ﬂoor outlets. Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the ﬂoor outlets. 7-2 Climate Controls

Y (Vent): This mode directs air to Temperature Control Knob Air Conditioning the instrument panel outlets. Turn the center knob clockwise or For vehicles with air conditioning. X counterclockwise to increase or (Defog): This mode directs air decrease the temperature inside the # (Air Conditioning): Press to the windshield and front door vehicle. to turn the air conditioning system windows. To reduce fogging, press on or off. An indicator light inside # to turn on the air conditioner. Fan Speed Control Knob the button comes on when the air The fan must also be on. Turn the right knob clockwise or conditioning is activated. The air counterclockwise to increase conditioning can only be operated W (Defog/Floor): This mode or decrease the fan speed. The if the engine is on and the fan is directs air to the windshield, front speed settings can be adjusted running. door windows, and floor outlets. between 1 (Low) and 4 (High). # When the air conditioning is on To reduce fogging, press to turn When the fan is off, the air the air is cooled and dehumidified. on the air conditioner. The fan conditioning compressor is also off. If cooling or dehumidification is not must also be on. There will be some airflow from desired, turn off the air conditioning the outlets when driving, even with to save fuel. [ (Floor): This mode directs the fan in the off position. most of the air to the floor outlets. On hot days, open the windows A (Fan): Select this position to briefly to let the hot inside air turn the fan off. escape, then close them. This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down. Climate Controls 7-3

For quicker cool down, do the The quality of the passenger = (Rear Window Defogger): following: compartment air may decrease Press to turn the rear window # since the amount of outside defogger on or off. An indicator 1. Press to turn on the air air entering the vehicle is reduced. conditioning. light inside the button will be lit When the recirculation mode is when in use. 2. Select Y mode. used without air conditioning, the If your vehicle has heated mirrors, 3. Set the temperature knob to the air humidity increases, and the they turn on when the rear window coldest temperature. windows may fog. Avoid using the defogger button is pressed. Press recirculation mode during high 4. Set the fan knob to 4. the button again to turn them off. periods of humidity or cool outside For more information, see Outside 5. Open all vents. temperatures since this may result in Power Mirror(s) on page 2-12. increased window fogging. If window Recirculation fogging is experienced, select the The rear window defogger will stay defrost mode. on for approximately 15 minutes ^ (Recirculation): Press to after the button is pressed, unless turn the recirculation mode on or off. Rear Window Defogger the ignition is turned off. An indicator light inside the button comes on when the recirculation The rear window defogger uses a Notice: Do not use anything mode is active. This mode warming grid to remove fog from the sharp on the inside of the rear recirculates air inside the passenger rear window. window. If you do, you could cut compartment and prevents outside The rear window defogger will only or damage the warming grid, and air from entering the vehicle. work when the ignition is in the repairs would not be covered ON/RUN. by the vehicle warranty. Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, tape, a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid. 7-4 Climate Controls

Outlet Adjustment Operation Tips Use the thumbwheel below the air • Clear away any ice, snow, or outlets to change the direction of the leaves from the air inlets at air flow. Use the vertical thumbwheel the base of the windshield that next to the outlets to control the can block the flow of air into amount of air flow or to shut off the the vehicle. airflow completely. • Use of non-GM approved hood Keep all outlets open whenever deflectors can adversely affect possible for best system the performance of the system. performance. • Keep the path under all seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside the vehicle more effectively. • If fogging reoccurs while in vent or bi-level modes with mild temperature throughout the vehicle, turn on the air conditioner to reduce windshield fogging. Driving and Operating 8-1

Parking Over Things Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-26 Driving and That Burn ...... 8-13 Hill and Mountain Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 8-14 Roads ...... 8-26 Running the Vehicle Winter Driving ...... 8-27 While Parked ...... 8-14 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, Driving Your Vehicle Starting and Operating or Snow ...... 8-29 Defensive Driving ...... 8-16 Rocking Your Vehicle to Your Vehicle Drunk Driving ...... 8-16 Get It Out ...... 8-30 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-2 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-17 Loading the Vehicle ...... 8-30 Ignition Positions ...... 8-2 Braking ...... 8-17 Retained Accessory Antilock Brake Fuel Power (RAP) ...... 8-3 System (ABS) ...... 8-18 Fuel ...... 8-35 Starting the Engine ...... 8-3 StabiliTrak® System ...... 8-19 Gasoline Octane ...... 8-35 Engine Heater ...... 8-4 Steering ...... 8-20 Gasoline Speciﬁcations .....8-35 Automatic Transmission Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-22 California Fuel ...... 8-35 Operation ...... 8-5 Passing ...... 8-23 Additives ...... 8-36 Manual Transmission Loss of Control ...... 8-23 Fuels in Foreign Operation ...... 8-9 Driving at Night ...... 8-24 Countries ...... 8-36 Parking Brake ...... 8-10 Driving in Rain and on Filling the Tank ...... 8-37 Shifting Into Park ...... 8-11 Wet Roads ...... 8-25 Filling a Portable Fuel Shifting Out of Park ...... 8-13 Before Leaving on a Container ...... 8-38 Parking the Vehicle ...... 8-13 Long Trip ...... 8-26 8-2 Driving and Operating

Starting and Following break-in, engine To shift out of P (Park), the ignition speed and load can be gradually must be in the ON/RUN position Operating Your increased. and the regular brake pedal must Vehicle be applied. Ignition Positions A (LOCK/OFF): This is the only New Vehicle Break-In position from which you can remove the key. This locks the steering Notice: Your vehicle does not wheel, ignition and automatic need an elaborate break-in. But it transmission. will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines: On vehicles with an automatic • Do not drive at any one transmission, the shift lever must constant speed, fast or slow, be in P (Park) to turn the ignition for the ﬁrst 500 miles (805 km). switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Do not make full-throttle The ignition switch can bind in the starts. Avoid downshifting LOCK/OFF position with your wheels to brake or slow the vehicle. turned off center. If this happens, • Avoid making hard stops for move the steering wheel from the ﬁrst 200 miles (322 km) or Use the key to turn the ignition right to left while turning the key to so. During this time the new switch to four different positions. STEERING UNLOCK/IGNITION brake linings are not yet broken Notice: Using a tool to force the OFF. If this doesn’t work, then the in. Hard stops with new linings key to turn in the ignition could vehicle needs service. can mean premature wear and cause damage to the switch or earlier replacement. Follow this break the key. Use the correct key, breaking-in guideline every make sure it is all the way in, and time you get new brake linings. turn it only with your hand. If the key cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer/retailer. Driving and Operating 8-3

B (STEERING UNLOCKED/ Retained Accessory Manual Transmission IGNITION OFF): This position The shift lever should be in Neutral unlocks the steering wheel. Power (RAP) and the parking brake engaged. The power windows and mirrors Hold the clutch pedal to the C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch may be used for up to ﬁve minutes ﬂoor and start the engine. The stays in this position when the after the key is turned to LOCK/OFF. engine is running. This position can vehicle will not start if the clutch be used to operate the electrical The power windows and mirrors will pedal is not all the way down. accessories, as well as to display not operate after any of the front some warning and indicator lights. doors are opened. Starting Procedure The radio may be used for up to 1. With your foot off the accelerator The battery could be drained if you pedal, turn the ignition key to leave the key in the ON/RUN position sixty minutes after the key is turned to LOCK/OFF. START. When the engine starts, with the engine off. You may not be let go of the key. The idle speed able to start the vehicle if the battery will go down as your engine gets is allowed to drain for an extended Starting the Engine warm. Do not race the engine period of time. Automatic Transmission immediately after starting it. D (START): This position starts Operate the engine and the engine. When the engine starts, Move the shift lever to P (Park) or transmission gently to allow the release the key. The ignition switch N (Neutral). The engine will not start oil to warm up and lubricate all will return to ON/RUN for normal in any other position. To restart moving parts. driving. A warning tone will sound when you are already moving, when the driver door is opened and use N (Neutral) only. the key is in the ignition. Notice: Do not try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when your vehicle is stopped. 8-4 Driving and Operating

Your vehicle has a battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Notice: The engine is designed Computer-Controlled Cranking between each try, to let the to work with the electronics in the System. This feature assists in cranking motor cool down. vehicle. If you add electrical parts starting the engine and protects 2. If the engine does not start after or accessories, you could change components. If the ignition key is 5-10 seconds, especially in very the way the engine operates. turned to the START position, cold weather (below 0°F or Before adding electrical and then released when the −18°C), it could be flooded with equipment, check with your engine begins cranking, the too much gasoline. Try pushing dealer/retailer. If you do not, engine will continue cranking for a the accelerator pedal all the way the engine might not perform few seconds or until the vehicle to the floor and holding it there as properly. Any resulting damage starts. If the engine does not start you hold the key in START for up would not be covered by the and the key is held in START for to a maximum of 15 seconds. vehicle warranty. many seconds, cranking will be Wait at least 15 seconds between stopped after 15 seconds to each try, to let the cranking motor Engine Heater prevent cranking motor damage. cool down. When the engine The engine heater can provide To prevent gear damage, this starts, let go of the key and system also prevents cranking if easier starting and better fuel accelerator. If the vehicle starts economy during engine warm-up the engine is already running. briefly but then stops again, do Engine cranking can be stopped in cold weather conditions at or the same thing. This clears the below − 4°F (− 20°C). Vehicles with by turning the ignition switch to extra gasoline from the engine. STEERING UNLOCKED/ an engine heater should be plugged Do not race the engine in at least four hours before starting. IGNITION OFF or LOCK/OFF. immediately after starting it. Notice: Cranking the engine for Operate the engine and long periods of time, by returning transmission gently until the oil the key to the START position warms up and lubricates all immediately after cranking has moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the Driving and Operating 8-5

To Use the Engine Heater Automatic Transmission { CAUTION 1. Turn off the engine. Operation Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a ﬁre. You could be seriously injured. Plug the cord into a properly grounded three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. If the cord will not reach, use a heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps. 2. The engine heater connector is If your vehicle has an automatic 4. Before starting the engine, be located in the passenger side transmission, the shift lever is sure to unplug both ends of lower front grille. Open the cover located on the console between the adapter and store the adapter and insert the 110-volt AC the seats. adapter delivered in the vehicles to prevent damage. Your vehicle may also have an glove box. The length of time the heater should electronic shift position indicator that remain plugged in depends on 3. Plug the other end of the adapter displays the position of the shift several factors. Ask a dealer/retailer into a grounded 110-volt AC lever. This indicator is located above in the area where you will be parking outlet. the trip odometer on the instrument the vehicle for the best advice panel cluster. on this. 8-6 Driving and Operating

PARK (P): This position locks the Make sure the shift lever is fully in NEUTRAL (N): In this position, front wheels. It is the best position PARK (P) before starting the engine. the engine does not connect with the to use when the engine is started Your vehicle has an automatic wheels. To restart while you are because your vehicle cannot transmission shift lock control already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) move easily. system. The regular brakes must be only. Also, use NEUTRAL (N) applied before you can shift from when your vehicle is being towed. { CAUTION PARK (P) when the ignition key is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of { CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of PARK (P) while holding the brake your vehicle if the shift lever is pedal down, see Shifting Out of Shifting into a drive gear while Park on page 8-13. not fully in PARK (P) with the the engine is running at high parking brake ﬁrmly set. Your REVERSE (R): Use this gear to speed is dangerous. Unless vehicle can roll. back up. your foot is ﬁrmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move Do not leave your vehicle when Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) the engine is running unless very rapidly. You could lose while the vehicle is moving control and hit people or you have to. If you have left the forward could damage the objects. Do not shift into a engine running, the vehicle can transmission. The repairs would drive gear while the engine is move suddenly. You or others not be covered by the vehicle could be injured. To be sure warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) running at high speed. your vehicle will not move, even only after the vehicle is stopped. when you are on fairly level To rock your vehicle back and ground, always set your parking forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand brake and move the shift lever to without damaging the transmission, PARK (P). See Shifting Into Park see Rocking Your Vehicle to Get on page 8-11. It Out on page 8-30. Driving and Operating 8-7

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) THIRD (3): This position is also FIRST (1): This position gives you or N (Neutral) with the engine used for normal driving, however, it even more power but lower fuel running at high speed may offers more power and lower fuel economy than SECOND (2). Use it damage the transmission. The economy than DRIVE (D). Here are on very steep hills, or in deep snow repairs would not be covered by some times you might choose or mud. If the shift lever is put in the vehicle warranty. Be sure the THIRD (3) instead of DRIVE (D): FIRST (1), the transmission does not engine is not running at high • When driving on hilly, winding shift into ﬁrst gear until the vehicle is speed when shifting the vehicle. roads. going slowly enough. DRIVE (D): This position is for • When going down a steep hill. Notice: Spinning the tires normal driving. or holding the vehicle in one SECOND (2): This position gives place on a hill using only Notice: If your vehicle seems to you more power but lower fuel the accelerator pedal may start up rather slowly or not shift economy. Use SECOND (2) on hills. damage the transmission. The gears when you go faster, and you It can help control the vehicles speed repair will not be covered by your continue to drive your vehicle that as you go down steep mountain warranty. If you are stuck, do way, you could damage the roads, but then you would also want not spin the tires. When stopping transmission. Have your vehicle to use your brakes off and on. on a hill, use the brakes to serviced right away. Notice: Driving in FIRST (1) for hold the vehicle in place. more than 25 miles (40 km) or at speeds over 55 mph (90 km/h) may damage the transmission. Also, shifting into FIRST (1) at speeds above 65 mph (105 km/h) can cause damage. Drive in THIRD (3) or DRIVE (D) instead of FIRST (1). 8-8 Driving and Operating

Winter Driving Mode The Winter Driving Mode is turned Automatic Neutral Idle off by one of the following: This feature helps you accelerate in The Automatic Neutral Idle shift slippery driving conditions by using • Pressing the winter driving mode function automatically sets the THIRD (3) gear when you begin to button again. transmission to NEUTRAL (N) to accelerate from a stopped position. • Manually shifting to SECOND (2) reduce fuel consumption when or FIRST (1) gear. the vehicle is not moving. • Turning off the ignition. Automatic neutral is activated when ALL of the following occurs: • The selector lever is in DRIVE (D), THIRD (3), SECOND (2) or FIRST (1) gear. • The foot brake is pressed. • The vehicle is stopped. This light on the instrument panel • The accelerator pedal is not cluster will come on when the winter pressed. driving mode is active. • The transmission ﬂuid The winter driving mode button is To protect the transmission, temperature is greater than located on the center console. the winter program turns off 0° C (32° F). automatically at high transmission Press once to turn on the winter • The road is not steeper than 15°. oil temperatures. driving mode feature. The vehicle will be in THIRD (3) gear when the vehicle begins to move. Once the vehicle is moving, the vehicle will upshift normally. Driving and Operating 8-9

When you release the brake with the Manual Transmission SECOND (2): Press the clutch transmission in gear, you may feel pedal as you let up on the the transmission shift from Neutral to Operation accelerator pedal and shift into Drive automatically. You may also Five-Speed SECOND (2). Then, slowly let up on feel the transmission shift from Drive the clutch pedal as you press the to Neutral when the brake is applied. accelerator pedal. This is normal operation of the automatic transmission. THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5): Shift into THIRD (3), Downhill Grade Assist FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5), the This is the shift pattern. same way you do for SECOND (2). When traveling down steep grades Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as your transmission may automatically Here is how to operate your manual you press the accelerator pedal. downshift into a lower gear when the transmission: brake is applied. You may feel this To stop, let up on the accelerator downshift. This performance feature FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal pedal and press the brake pedal. of your automatic transmission and shift into FIRST (1). Then, Just before the vehicle stops, press assists with engine braking to reduce slowly let up on the clutch pedal as the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, wear on your brake system. This is you press the accelerator pedal. and shift to NEUTRAL (N). normal operation of the automatic You can shift into FIRST (1) when transmission. NEUTRAL (N): Use this position you are going less than 20 mph when you start or idle your engine. Performance On Demand (32 km/h). If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift REVERSE (R): With the vehicle This feature allows the driver to into FIRST (1), put the shift lever in stationary, wait three seconds after automatically force a downshift, NEUTRAL (N) and let up on the declutching and pull up on the when traveling at speeds less than clutch. Press the clutch pedal back button on the selector lever approximately 70 mph (112 km/h), down. Then shift into FIRST (1). to engage reverse gear. by fully pressing the accelerator pedal. 8-10 Driving and Operating

If reverse gear does not engage, set not be covered by the vehicle Parking Brake the selector lever in neutral, and warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) release the clutch pedal. Press the only after the vehicle is stopped. clutch pedal again and repeat Also, use REVERSE (R), along the gear selection. with the parking brake, to park your vehicle. Shift Speeds

{ CAUTION

If you skip a gear when you downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle. You could injure yourself or others. The parking brake is located Do not shift down more than between the driver and passenger one gear at a time when you seats. downshift. To set the parking brake, hold the Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) brake pedal down and pull up on the while the vehicle is moving parking brake lever. forward could damage the To release the parking brake, hold transmission. The repairs would the brake pedal down. Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button. Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down. Driving and Operating 8-11

A warning chime will sound and Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down a brake warning light located on the with your right foot and set instrument panel cluster will come { the parking brake. See Parking on, if the parking brake is set, CAUTION Brake on page 8-10 for more the ignition is on and the vehicle information. It can be dangerous to get out speed is greater than 5 mph 2. Move the shift lever into (8 km/h). of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the PARK (P) by holding in the button Notice: Driving with the parking parking brake ﬁrmly set. Your on the shift lever and pushing the brake on can overheat the vehicle can roll. If you have left shift lever all the way toward the brake system and cause the engine running, the vehicle front of the vehicle. premature wear or damage can move suddenly. You or 3. Turn the ignition key to to brake system parts. Make sure others could be injured. To be LOCK/OFF. that the parking brake is fully sure your vehicle will not move, 4. Remove the key and take it released and the brake warning even when you are on fairly level light is off before driving. with you. If you can leave ground, use the steps that your vehicle with the ignition follow. key in your hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P). 8-12 Driving and Operating

Leaving Your Vehicle with the If you have to leave your vehicle This is called torque lock. To prevent Engine Running with the engine running, be sure your torque lock, set the parking brake vehicle is in PARK (P) and your and then shift into PARK (P) properly { parking brake is firmly set before you before you leave the driver’s seat. CAUTION leave it. After you have moved the To find out how, see Shifting Into shift lever into PARK (P), hold the Park on page 8-11. It can be dangerous to leave the regular brake pedal down. Then, see vehicle with the engine running. When you are ready to drive, move if you can move the shift lever away the shift lever out of PARK (P) before The vehicle could move from PARK (P) without first pushing you release the parking brake. suddenly if the shift lever is not the button. fully in P (Park) with the parking If torque lock does occur, you may If you can, it means that the shift brake firmly set. And, if you need to have another vehicle lever was not fully locked in leave the vehicle with the engine push your vehicle a little uphill to PARK (P). running, it could overheat and take some of the pressure from the even catch fire. You or others Torque Lock parking pawl in the transmission, could be injured. Do not leave so you can pull the shift lever out of the vehicle with the engine If you are parking on a hill and you PARK (P). running. do not shift your transmission into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK (P). Driving and Operating 8-13

Shifting Out of Park To shift out of PARK (P) use the Parking the Vehicle following sequence: This vehicle has an electronic shift Before you get out of your vehicle, lock release system. The shift 1. Apply the brake pedal. move the shift lever into FIRST (1) or lock release is designed to: 2. Press the shift lever button. REVERSE (R) and ﬁrmly apply the parking brake. Once the shift lever • Prevent ignition key removal 3. Move the shift lever to the has been placed into FIRST (1) or unless the shift lever is in desired position. PARK (P) with the shift lever REVERSE (R) with the clutch pedal button fully released. If you still are unable to shift out of pressed in, you can turn the ignition PARK (P): off and release the clutch. • Prevent movement of the shift 1. Fully release the shift lever lever out of PARK (P), unless Parking Over Things the ignition is in the ON/RUN button. position and the regular brake 2. While holding down the brake That Burn pedal is applied. pedal, press the shift lever button again. { The shift lock release is always CAUTION functional except in the case of an 3. Move the shift lever to the Things that can burn could uncharged or low voltage (less desired position. touch hot exhaust parts under than 9 volt) battery. If you still cannot move the shift your vehicle and ignite. Do not If your vehicle has an uncharged lever from PARK (P), consult your park over papers, leaves, dry battery or a battery with low voltage, dealer/retailer or a professional grass, or other things that try charging or jump starting the towing service. can burn. battery. See Jump Starting on page 9-68 for more information. 8-14 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust Running the Vehicle CAUTION (Continued) { While Parked CAUTION • Your vehicle was damaged It is better not to park with the when driving over high engine running. But if you ever have Engine exhaust can kill. It points on the road or over to, here are some things to know. contains the gas carbon road debris. monoxide (CO), which you • Repairs were not done cannot see or smell. It can cause { CAUTION correctly. unconsciousness and death. • Your vehicle or the exhaust Idling the engine with the You might have exhaust coming system has been modiﬁed climate control system off in if: improperly. could allow dangerous exhaust • The exhaust system sounds If you ever suspect exhaust is into your vehicle. See the strange or different. coming into your vehicle: earlier caution under Engine • Your vehicle gets rusty • Drive it only with all the Exhaust on page 8-14. underneath. windows down to blow out (Continued) • Your vehicle was damaged in any CO. a collision. • Have your vehicle ﬁxed (Continued) immediately. Driving and Operating 8-15

CAUTION (Continued) { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Also, idling in a closed-in place It can be dangerous to get out vehicle will not move, even can let deadly carbon monoxide of your vehicle if the shift lever when you are on fairly level (CO) into your vehicle even if the is not fully in PARK (P) with the ground, always set the parking climate control fan is at the parking brake ﬁrmly set. Your brake and move the shift lever highest setting. One place vehicle can roll. Do not leave to PARK (P). this can happen is a garage. your vehicle when the engine Exhaust — with CO — can come is running unless you have to. Follow the proper steps to be sure in easily. NEVER park in a If you have left the engine your vehicle will not move. See garage with the engine running. running, the vehicle can move Shifting Into Park on page 8-11. suddenly. You or others could Also see “If You Are Caught in a be injured. To be sure your Blizzard” under Winter Driving on page 8-27. (Continued) 8-16 Driving and Operating

Driving Your Vehicle Death and injury associated with CAUTION (Continued) drinking and driving is a global Defensive Driving tragedy. Driver distraction can cause Alcohol affects four things that Defensive driving means “always collisions resulting in injury or anyone needs to drive a vehicle: expect the unexpected.” The possible death. These simple judgment, muscular coordination, ﬁrst step in driving defensively is to defensive driving techniques vision, and attentiveness. wear your safety belt, see Safety could save your life. Belts on page 1-8. Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor { Drunk Driving vehicle-related deaths involve CAUTION alcohol. In most cases, these deaths are the result of someone who was Assume that other road users { CAUTION drinking and driving. In recent years, (pedestrians, bicyclists, and more than 17,000 annual motor other drivers) are going to be Drinking and then driving is vehicle-related deaths have been careless and make mistakes. very dangerous. Your reﬂexes, associated with the use of alcohol, Anticipate what they might do perceptions, attentiveness, and with about 250,000 people injured. and be ready. In addition: judgment can be affected by • Allow enough following even a small amount of alcohol. For persons under 21, it is against distance between you and You can have a serious — or the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol. There are good medical, the driver in front of you. even fatal — collision if you psychological, and developmental drive after drinking. Do not • Focus on the task of driving. reasons for these laws. drink and drive or ride with a (Continued) driver who has been drinking. The obvious way to eliminate the Ride home in a cab; or if you leading highway safety problem are with a group, designate a is for people never to drink alcohol driver who will not drink. and then drive. Driving and Operating 8-17

Medical research shows that alcohol Braking And, of course, actual stopping in a person’s system can make crash distances vary greatly with the injuries worse, especially injuries See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is to the brain, spinal cord, or heart. page 4-17. pavement or gravel; the condition of This means that when anyone who Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry, or icy; has been drinking — driver or time and reaction time. First, you tire tread; the condition of the brakes; passenger — is in a crash, that have to decide to push on the brake the weight of the vehicle; and the person’s chance of being killed or pedal. That is perception time. Then amount of brake force applied. permanently disabled is higher than you have to bring up your foot and Avoid needless heavy if the person had not been drinking. do it. That is reaction time. braking. Some people drive in Average reaction time is about spurts — heavy acceleration Control of a Vehicle three-fourths of a second. But that followed by heavy braking — rather The following three systems help is only an average. It might be than keeping pace with traffic. This to control your vehicle while less with one driver and as long is a mistake. The brakes might not driving — brakes, steering, and as two or three seconds or have time to cool between hard accelerator. At times, as when more with another. Age, physical stops. The brakes will wear out much driving on snow or ice, it is easy to condition, alertness, coordination, faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. ask more of those control systems and eyesight all play a part. If you keep pace with the traffic and than the tires and road can provide. So do alcohol, drugs, and allow realistic following distances, Meaning, you can lose control of frustration. But even in three-fourths you will eliminate a lot of your vehicle. of a second, a vehicle moving at unnecessary braking. That means 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet better braking and longer brake life. Adding non-dealer/non-retailer (20 m). That could be a lot of accessories can affect your vehicle’s distance in an emergency, so performance. See Accessories keeping enough space between and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. your vehicle and others is important. 8-18 Driving and Operating

If your vehicle’s engine ever stops Antilock Brake Let us say the road is wet and you while you are driving, brake normally are driving safely. Suddenly, an but do not pump the brakes. If you System (ABS) animal jumps out in front of you. do, the pedal could get harder to Your vehicle has the Antilock You slam on the brakes and push down. If the engine stops, you Brake System (ABS), an advanced continue braking. Here is what will still have some power brake electronic braking system that happens with ABS: assist. But you will use it when you will help prevent a braking skid. A computer senses that wheels brake. Once the power assist is used When you start the engine and are slowing down. If one of up, it can take longer to stop and the begin to drive away, ABS will check the wheels is about to stop rolling, brake pedal will be harder to push. itself. You might hear a momentary the computer will separately Adding non-dealer/non-retailer motor or clicking noise while this work the brakes at each wheel. accessories can affect your vehicle’s test is going on, and you might even ABS can change the brake performance. See Accessories notice that the brake pedal moves a pressure faster than any driver could. and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. little. This is normal. The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions. This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard. As you brake, the computer keeps If there is a problem with ABS, receiving updates on wheel speed this warning light will stay on. and controls braking pressure See Antilock Brake System (ABS) accordingly. Warning Light on page 4-18. Driving and Operating 8-19

Remember: ABS does not change StabiliTrak® System the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always Your vehicle may have StabiliTrak decrease stopping distance. If you which combines antilock brake, get too close to the vehicle in front of traction and stability control systems you, you will not have time to apply and helps the driver maintain the brakes if that vehicle suddenly directional control of the vehicle When you turn the ignition on, slows or stops. Always leave enough in most driving conditions. this light on the instrument panel room up ahead to stop, even though When you ﬁrst start your vehicle and cluster will come on for a few you have ABS. begin to drive away, the system seconds, then go out when the performs several diagnostic checks system is ready. Using ABS to ensure there are no problems. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold You may hear or feel the system You may also feel or hear the the brake pedal down ﬁrmly and working. This is normal and does not system working; this is normal. let antilock work for you. You might mean there is a problem with your StabiliTrak is automatically enabled hear the antilock pump or motor vehicle. The system should initialize whenever you start your vehicle. operate, and feel the brake before the vehicle reaches 20 mph To assist the driver with vehicle pedal pulsate, but this is normal. (32 km/h). directional control, especially in Braking in Emergencies The system monitors vehicle slippery road conditions, you should movements, and helps the driver always leave the system on. But, you With ABS, you can steer and maintain control of the vehicle in can turn it off if you ever need to. brake at the same time. In many most driving situations. When the emergencies, steering can help vehicle’s stability is affected the you more than even the very best engine output is reduced, and the braking. brakes are applied to individual wheels. 8-20 Driving and Operating

It is recommended to leave the Steering system on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary If the engine stalls while you to turn the system off if your vehicle are driving, the power steering assist is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, system should continue to operate and you want to “rock” your vehicle until you are able to stop the The g switch is located on the to attempt to free it. It may also be vehicle. If you lose power steering necessary to turn off the system instrument panel below the Driver assist because the power steering when driving in extreme off-road Information Center (DIC). system is not functioning, you conditions where high wheel spin To turn off StabiliTrak, press and can steer, but it will take more effort. is required. See If Your Vehicle is hold the g switch until the light in the If you turn the steering wheel in Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow switch illuminates. either direction several times until it on page 8-29. stops, or hold the steering wheel in To turn StabiliTrak on again, press StabiliTrak may also turn off the stopped position for an extended automatically if it determines that a the g switch again or restart the amount of time, you may notice a problem exists with the system. vehicle. reduced amount of power steering assist. The normal amount of power The light on the instrument panel A light in the switch should come steering assist should return shortly cluster will be on solid to warn on brieﬂy when the ignition key after a few normal steering the driver that StabiliTrak is disabled is turned to ON/RUN as a check movements. and requires service. If the problem to let you know that the light does not clear after restarting is working. The power steering system does not the vehicle, you should see your require regular maintenance. If you Adding non-dealer/non-retailer dealer/retailer for service. suspect steering system problems accessories can affect your vehicle’s and/or the Service Vehicle Soon light performance. See Accessories comes on, contact your dealer/ and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3 for retailer for service repairs. more information. Driving and Operating 8-21

Steering Tips Suppose you are steering If you need to reduce speed when through a sharp curve. Then approaching a curve, do it before It is important to take curves at a you suddenly accelerate. Both you enter the curve, while the front reasonable speed. control systems — steering wheels are straight ahead. A lot of the “driver lost control” and acceleration — have to do Try to adjust the speed so you can accidents mentioned on the news their work where the tires meet drive through the curve. Maintain happen on curves. Here is why: the road. Adding the sudden a reasonable, steady speed. Wait acceleration can demand too much Experienced driver or beginner, to accelerate until you are out of the of those places. You can lose each of us is subject to the same curve, and then accelerate gently control. See StabiliTrak¨ System laws of physics when driving on into the straightaway. on page 8-19. curves. The traction of the tires Adding non-dealer/non-retailer against the road surface makes it What should you do if this ever accessories can affect your vehicle’s possible for the vehicle to change its happens? Ease up on the brake performance. See Accessories path when you turn the front wheels. or accelerator pedal, steer the and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. If there is no traction, inertia will vehicle the way you want it to go, keep the vehicle going in the same and slow down. direction. If you have ever tried to Speed limit signs near curves warn steer a vehicle on wet ice, you will that you should adjust your speed. understand this. Of course, the posted speeds are Traction in a curve depends on based on good weather and road the condition of the tires and conditions. Under less favorable the road surface, the angle at which conditions you will want to go slower. the curve is banked, and your speed. While in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control. 8-22 Driving and Operating

Steering in Emergencies Off-Road Recovery There are times when steering can Your vehicle’s right wheels can drop be more effective than braking. For off the edge of a road onto the example, you come over a hill and shoulder while driving. ﬁnd a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these problems by braking — if you can stop in time. But sometimes you cannot; there is not room. That is the time for evasive An emergency like this requires action — steering around the close attention and a quick decision. problem. If you are holding the steering wheel Your vehicle can perform very well at the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock in emergencies like these. First positions, you can turn it a full If the level of the shoulder is only apply the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without slightly below the pavement, page 8-17. It is better to remove removing either hand. But you have recovery should be fairly easy. as much speed as you can from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as Ease off the accelerator and then, possible collision. Then steer around quickly straighten the wheel once if there is nothing in the way, the problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. steer so that your vehicle straddles depending on the space available. the edge of the pavement. The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly. Driving and Operating 8-23

Turn the steering wheel 3 to • Do not get too close to the vehicle Skidding 5 inches (about one-eighth turn) you want to pass. Doing so can In a skid, a driver can lose control of until the right front tire contacts the reduce your visibility. the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid pavement edge. Then turn the • Wait your turn to pass a slow most skids by taking reasonable care steering wheel to go straight down vehicle. suited to existing conditions, and by the roadway. • When you are being passed, ease not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. Passing to the right. The three types of skids correspond Passing another vehicle on a Loss of Control to your vehicle’s three control two-lane road can be dangerous. systems. In the braking skid, the To reduce the risk of danger Let us review what driving experts wheels are not rolling. In the steering while passing: say about what happens when or cornering skid, too much speed or the three control systems — brakes, • Look down the road, to the sides, steering in a curve causes tires to steering, and acceleration — do and to crossroads for situations slip and lose cornering force. And not have enough friction where the that might affect a successful in the acceleration skid, too much tires meet the road to do what pass. If in doubt, wait. throttle causes the driving wheels the driver has asked. to spin. • Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings, and lines that could In any emergency, do not give up. A cornering skid is best handled indicate a turn or an intersection. Keep trying to steer and constantly by easing your foot off of the Never cross a solid or seek an escape route or area of accelerator pedal. double-solid line on your less danger. side of the lane. 8-24 Driving and Operating

If your vehicle starts to slide, ease slippery until your vehicle is • Slow down and keep more space your foot off the accelerator pedal skidding. Learn to recognize warning between you and other vehicles and quickly steer the way you want clues — such as enough water, because headlamps can only the vehicle to go. If you start steering ice, or packed snow on the road to light up so much road ahead. quickly enough, your vehicle may make a mirrored surface — and • Watch for animals. straighten out. Always be ready for a slow down when you have any second skid if it occurs. doubt. • When tired, pull off the road. Of course, traction is reduced when Remember: Any Antilock Brake • Do not wear sunglasses. water, snow, ice, gravel, or other System (ABS) helps avoid only the • Avoid staring directly into material is on the road. For safety, braking skid. approaching headlamps. you want to slow down and • Keep the windshield and all glass adjust your driving to these Driving at Night conditions. It is important to slow on your vehicle clean — inside down on slippery surfaces because Night driving is more dangerous and out. stopping distance is longer and than day driving because some • Keep your eyes moving, vehicle control more limited. drivers are likely to be impaired — by especially during turns or curves. alcohol or drugs, with night vision While driving on a surface with problems, or by fatigue. No one can see as well at night as reduced traction, try your best to in the daytime. But, as we get avoid sudden steering, acceleration, Night driving tips include: older, these differences increase. or braking, including reducing • Drive defensively. A 50-year-old driver might need vehicle speed by shifting to a lower at least twice as much light to see • Do not drink and drive. gear. Any sudden changes could the same thing at night as a cause the tires to slide. You • Reduce headlamp glare by 20-year-old. might not realize the surface is adjusting the inside rearview mirror. Driving and Operating 8-25

Driving in Rain and on There is no hard and fast rule about CAUTION (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is Wet Roads to slow down when the road is wet. Rain and wet roads can reduce Flowing or rushing water vehicle traction and affect your creates strong forces. Driving Other Rainy Weather Tips ability to stop and accelerate. through flowing water could Besides slowing down, other wet Always drive slower in these types cause your vehicle to be weather driving tips include: of driving conditions and avoid carried away. If this happens, • Allow extra following distance. driving through large puddles and you and other vehicle Pass with caution. deep-standing or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not • ignore police warnings and be • Keep windshield wiping { CAUTION very cautious about trying to equipment in good shape. drive through flowing water. • Keep the windshield washer fluid Wet brakes can cause crashes. reservoir filled. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning • Have good tires with proper tread pulling to one side. You could Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water depth. See Tires on page 9-38. lose control of the vehicle. can build up under your vehicle’s • Turn off cruise control, if tires so they actually ride on the After driving through a large equipped. water. This can happen if the road is puddle of water or a car/vehicle wet enough and you are going fast wash, lightly apply the brake enough. When your vehicle is pedal until the brakes work hydroplaning, it has little or no normally. contact with the road. (Continued) 8-26 Driving and Operating

Before Leaving on a Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Long Trip Always be alert and pay attention Driving on steep hills or through To prepare your vehicle for a long to your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving trip, consider having it serviced by If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for your dealer/retailer before departing. a safe place to park your vehicle driving in these conditions include: and rest. Things to check on your own • Keep the vehicle serviced include: Other driving tips include: and in good shape. • Windshield Washer Fluid: • Keep the vehicle well ventilated. • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and Reservoir full? Windows • Keep interior temperature cool. clean — inside and outside? transmission. • Keep your eyes moving — scan • Going down steep or long hills, • Wiper Blades: In good shape? the road ahead and to the sides. shift to a lower gear. • Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: All • Check the rearview mirror and levels checked? vehicle instruments often. { CAUTION • Lamps: Do they all work and are lenses clean? If you do not shift down, the • Tires: Are treads good? Are tires brakes could get so hot that inflated to recommended they would not work well. You pressure? would then have poor braking • Weather and Maps: Safe to or even none going down a hill. travel? Have up-to-date maps? You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Driving and Operating 8-27

• Pay attention to special road of old carpet, or a couple of burlap { CAUTION signs (falling rocks area, winding bags to help provide traction. Be sure roads, long grades, passing or you properly secure these items in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take your vehicle. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will Also see Tires on page 9-38. have to do all the work of Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not Here are some tips for winter Most of the time, those places work well. You would then have driving: where the tires meet the road probably have good traction. poor braking or even none • Have your vehicle in good shape going down a hill. You could for winter. However, if there is snow or ice crash. Always have the engine • You might want to put winter between the tires and the road, you running and the vehicle in gear emergency supplies in your can have a very slippery situation. when going downhill. vehicle. You have a lot less traction, or grip, and need to be very careful. • Stay in your own lane. Do not Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply of What is the worst time for this? Wet swing wide or cut across the ice. Very cold snow or ice can be center of the road. Drive at windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer clothing, a small shovel, slick and hard to drive on. But wet ice speeds that let you stay in your can be even more trouble because it own lane. a flashlight, a red cloth, and reflective warning triangles. And, if you will be can offer the least traction of all. • Top of hills: Be alert — something driving under severe conditions, could be in your lane (stalled car, include a small bag of sand, a piece accident). 8-28 Driving and Operating

You can get wet ice when it is about than you would on dry pavement. If You Are Caught in a Blizzard freezing, 32°F (0°C), and freezing See Antilock Brake System If you are stopped by heavy rain begins to fall. Try to avoid driving (ABS) on page 8-18. snow, you could be in a serious on wet ice until salt and sand crews • Allow greater following distance situation. You should probably can get there. on any slippery road. stay with your vehicle unless you Whatever the condition — smooth • Watch for slippery spots. The know for sure that you are near ice, packed, blowing, or loose road might be fine until you hit help and you can hike through the snow — drive with caution. a spot that is covered with ice. snow. Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself Accelerate gently. Try not to On an otherwise clear road, ice and your passengers safe: break the fragile traction. If you patches can appear in shaded accelerate too fast, the drive wheels areas where the sun cannot • Turn on the hazard warning will spin and polish the surface reach, such as around clumps of flashers. trees, behind buildings, or under under the tires even more. • Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to bridges. Sometimes the surface alert police that you have been The Antilock Brake System (ABS) of a curve or an overpass can stopped by the snow. improves your vehicle’s stability remain icy when the surrounding when you make a hard stop roads are clear. If you see a patch • Put on extra clothing or wrap a on a slippery road. Even though you of ice ahead of you, brake before blanket around you. If you do not have ABS, begin stopping sooner you are on it. Try not to brake have blankets or extra clothing, while you are actually on the ice, make body insulators from and avoid sudden steering newspapers, burlap bags, rags, maneuvers. floor mats — anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm. You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful. Driving and Operating 8-29

{ Run your engine only as long as you If Your Vehicle is CAUTION must. This saves fuel. When you run Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, the engine, make it go a little faster Snow can trap exhaust gases than just idle. That is, push the or Snow under your vehicle. This can accelerator slightly. This uses less Slowly and cautiously spin the cause deadly CO (carbon fuel for the heat that you get and it wheels to free the vehicle when monoxide) gas to get inside. keeps the battery charged. You will stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. CO could overcome you and need a well-charged battery to See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It kill you. You cannot see it or restart the vehicle, and possibly Out on page 8-30. smell it, so you might not know for signaling later on with the it is in your vehicle. Clear away headlamps. Let the heater run { snow from around the base of for a while. CAUTION your vehicle, especially any Then, shut the engine off and close If you let your vehicle’s tires that is blocking the exhaust the window almost all the way to spin at high speed, they can pipe. And check around again preserve the heat. Start the engine explode, and you or others from time to time to be sure again and repeat this only when could be injured. The vehicle snow does not collect there. you feel really uncomfortable from can overheat, causing an Open a window just a little on the cold. But do it as little as engine compartment ﬁre or the side of the vehicle that is possible. Preserve the fuel as long other damage. Spin the wheels away from the wind. This will as you can. To help keep warm, as little as possible and avoid help keep CO out. you can get out of the vehicle and going above 35 mph (55 km/h) do some fairly vigorous exercises as shown on the speedometer. every half hour or so until help comes. For information about using tire chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page 9-59. 8-30 Driving and Operating

Rocking Your Vehicle to Release the accelerator pedal Loading the Vehicle while you shift, and press lightly Get It Out on the accelerator pedal when It is very important to know how First, turn the steering wheel left and the transmission is in gear. By slowly much weight your vehicle can right to clear the area around the spinning the wheels in the forward carry. This weight is called the front wheels. Turn off any stability and reverse directions, you will vehicle capacity weight and system. See StabiliTrak¨ System on cause a rocking motion that could includes the weight of all page 8-19. Then shift back and forth free your vehicle. If that does not get occupants, cargo and all between REVERSE (R) and a your vehicle out after a few tries, it nonfactory-installed options. forward gear, or with a manual might need to be towed out. If your Two labels on your vehicle transmission, between FIRST (1) or vehicle does need to be towed out, show how much weight it may SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R), see Towing Your Vehicle on properly carry, the Tire and spinning the wheels as little as page 9-72. Loading Information label and possible. To prevent transmission the Certiﬁcation label. wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Driving and Operating 8-31

Tire and Loading Information and Loading Information label { CAUTION Label shows the number of occupant seating positions (A), and Do not load the vehicle any the maximum vehicle capacity heavier than the Gross weight (B) in kilograms and Vehicle Weight Rating pounds. (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear The Tire and Loading Gross Axle Weight Rating Information label also shows the (GAWR). If you do, parts on tire size of the original equipment the vehicle can break, and it tires (C) and the recommended can change the way your cold tire inflation pressures (D). vehicle handles. These For more information on tires and could cause you to lose inflation see Tires on page 9-38 control and crash. Also, and Inflation - Tire Pressure on page 9-46. overloading can shorten Label Example the life of the vehicle. There is also important loading A vehicle specific Tire and information on the Certification Loading Information label label. It tells you the Gross is attached to the vehicle’s Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) center pillar (B-pillar). With the and the Gross Axle Weight driver’s door open, you will Rating (GAWR) for the front and find the label attached below rear axle; see “Certification the door lock post. The Tire Label” later in this section. 8-32 Driving and Operating

Steps for Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined Load Limit weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants vehicle. That weight may not and cargo should never safely exceed the available exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” cargo and luggage load on your vehicle placard. capacity calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing 2. Determine the combined a trailer, the load from your weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred passengers that will be riding to your vehicle. Consult this in your vehicle. manual to determine how 3. Subtract the combined weight this reduces the available Example 1 of the driver and passengers cargo and luggage load from XXX kg or XXX lbs. capacity of your vehicle. A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 1,000 lbs 4. The resulting ﬁgure equals the The vehicle is neither designed (453 kg). available amount of cargo and nor intended to tow a trailer. B. Subtract Occupant Weight luggage load capacity. For × = example, if the “XXX” amount 150 lbs (68 kg) 2 300 lbs equals 1400 lbs and there will (136 kg). be ﬁve 150 lb passengers in C. Available Occupant and your vehicle, the amount of Cargo Weight = 700 lbs available cargo and luggage (317 kg). load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). Driving and Operating 8-33

vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s capacity weight. Certiﬁcation Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 1,000 lbs Example 3 = 1,000 lbs (453 kg). (453 kg). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 = 750 lbs Weight 200 lbs × = (340 kg). (91 kg) 5 1,000 lbs Label Example C. Available Cargo (453 kg). Weight = 250 lbs (113 kg). C. Available Cargo A vehicle specific Certification Weight = 0 lbs (0 kg). label, found on the rear edge of the driver’s door, tells you Refer to the vehicle’s Tire and the gross weight capacity of Loading Information label for the vehicle, called the Gross specific information about the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). 8-34 Driving and Operating

The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, CAUTION (Continued) { CAUTION fuel, and cargo. Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, If you do, parts on the Things you put inside the or the Gross Axle Weight Rating vehicle can break, and it can vehicle can strike and injure (GAWR) for either the front or change the way your vehicle people in a sudden stop or rear axle. handles. These could cause turn, or in a crash. you to lose control and • Put things in the trunk of And, if you do have a heavy crash. Also, overloading load, you should spread it out. your vehicle. In a trunk, can shorten the life of the put them as far forward as See “Steps for Determining vehicle. Correct Load Limit” earlier in you can. Try to spread the this section. weight evenly. If you put things inside your • Never stack heavier vehicle — like suitcases, things, like suitcases, { CAUTION tools, packages, or anything inside the vehicle so that else — they will go as fast as some of them are above Do not load the vehicle any the vehicle goes. If you have the tops of the seats. heavier than the Gross to stop or turn quickly, or if • Do not leave an Vehicle Weight Rating there is a crash, they will unsecured child restraint (GVWR), or either the keep going. in the vehicle. maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). • When you carry something inside the (Continued) vehicle, secure it whenever you can. • Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to. Driving and Operating 8-35

Fuel soon as possible. If you are using California Fuel gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher Use of the recommended fuel and you hear heavy knocking, the If your vehicle is certified to meet is an important part of the proper engine needs service. California Emissions Standards, it is maintenance of your vehicle. To help designed to operate on fuels that keep the engine clean and maintain Gasoline Specifications meet California specifications. See optimum vehicle performance, we the underhood emission control recommend the use of gasoline At a minimum, gasoline should label. If this fuel is not available in advertised as TOP TIER Detergent meet ASTM specification states adopting California emissions Gasoline. D 4814 in the United States or standards, your vehicle will operate CAN/CGSB-3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal Gasoline Octane Some gasolines contain an specifications, but emission control octane-enhancing additive called system performance might be Use regular unleaded gasoline with methylcyclopentadienyl manganese affected. The malfunction indicator a posted octane rating of 87 or tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend lamp could turn on and your vehicle higher. If the octane rating is less against the use of gasolines might fail a smog-check test. See than 87, you might notice an audible containing MMT. See Additives on Malfunction Indicator Lamp on knocking noise when you drive, page 8-36 for additional information. page 4-20. If this occurs, return to commonly referred to as spark your authorized dealer/retailer for knock. If this occurs, use a gasoline diagnosis. If it is determined that the rated at 87 octane or higher as condition is caused by the type of fuel used, repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 8-36 Driving and Operating

Additives We recommend that you use these Fuels containing MMT can reduce gasolines, if they comply with the the life of spark plugs and the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines speciﬁcations described earlier. performance of the emission control in the United States are now required However, E85 (85% ethanol) and system could be affected. The to contain additives that help prevent other fuels containing more than malfunction indicator lamp might turn engine and fuel system deposits 10% ethanol must not be used in on. If this occurs, return to your from forming, allowing the emission vehicles that were not designed for dealer/retailer for service. control system to work properly. those fuels. In most cases, you should not have Fuels in Foreign to add anything to the fuel. However, Notice: Your vehicle was not some gasolines contain only the designed for fuel that contains Countries minimum amount of additive required methanol. Do not use fuel If you plan on driving in another to meet U.S. Environmental containing methanol. It can country outside the United States or Protection Agency regulations. corrode metal parts in the fuel Canada, the proper fuel might be To help keep fuel injectors and intake system and also damage plastic hard to ﬁnd. Never use leaded valves clean, or if your vehicle and rubber parts. That damage gasoline or any other fuel not experiences problems due to dirty would not be covered under your recommended in the previous text injectors or valves, look for gasoline warranty. on fuel. Costly repairs caused that is advertised as TOP TIER Some gasolines that are by use of improper fuel would not Detergent Gasoline. Also, your not reformulated for low be covered by your warranty. dealer/retailer has additives that emissions can contain an To check the fuel availability, ask will help correct and prevent most octane-enhancing additive called deposit-related problems. an auto club, or contact a major oil methylcyclopentadienyl manganese company that does business in Gasolines containing oxygenates, tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant the country where you will be such as ethers and ethanol, and where you buy gasoline whether the driving. reformulated gasolines might fuel contains MMT. We recommend be available in your area. against the use of such gasolines. Driving and Operating 8-37

Filling the Tank { CAUTION

{ CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too Fuel vapor burns violently and a quickly. If you spill fuel and fuel fire can cause bad injuries. then something ignites it, you To help avoid injuries to you and could be badly burned. This others, read and follow all the spray can happen if your tank instructions on the pump island. is nearly full, and is more likely Turn off your engine when you in hot weather. Open the fuel are refueling. Do not smoke if cap slowly and wait for any you are near fuel or refueling hiss noise to stop. Then your vehicle. Do not use cellular The fuel cap is located behind a unscrew the cap all the way. phones. Keep sparks, flames, hinged fuel door on the passenger and smoking materials away side of the vehicle. Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not from fuel. Do not leave the fuel To remove the fuel cap, turn it top off or overfill the tank and wait a pump unattended when slowly counterclockwise. few seconds after you have finished refueling your vehicle. This is pumping before removing the nozzle. The fuel cap has a spring in it, against the law in some places. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as if the cap is released too soon it Do not re-enter the vehicle while soon as possible. See Exterior will spring back. pumping fuel. Keep children Cleaning on page 9-75. away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel. 8-38 Driving and Operating

When replacing the fuel cap, turn Notice: If you need a new fuel it clockwise until it clicks. Make cap, be sure to get the right type. CAUTION (Continued) sure the cap is fully installed. The Your dealer/retailer can get one for diagnostic system can determine if you. If you get the wrong type, it You can be badly burned and the fuel cap has been left off or may not fit properly. This may your vehicle damaged if this improperly installed. This would cause your malfunction indicator occurs. To help avoid injury to allow fuel to evaporate into lamp to light and may damage you and others: the atmosphere. See Malfunction your fuel tank and emissions • Dispense fuel only into Indicator Lamp on page 4-20. system. See Malfunction Indicator approved containers. Lamp on page 4-20. • Do not fill a container while { CAUTION it is inside a vehicle, in a Filling a Portable Fuel vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed, If a fire starts while you are Container or on any surface other than refueling, do not remove the the ground. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel { CAUTION • Bring the fill nozzle in by shutting off the pump or by contact with the inside of the notifying the station attendant. Never fill a portable fuel fill opening before operating Leave the area immediately. container while it is in your the nozzle. Contact should be vehicle. Static electricity maintained until the filling is discharge from the container complete. can ignite the fuel vapor. • Do not smoke while pumping fuel. (Continued) • Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel. Vehicle Service and Care 9-1

Vehicle Service Automatic Transmission Electrical System Fluid ...... 9-12 Add-On Electrical and Care Manual Transmission Equipment ...... 9-33 Fluid ...... 9-12 Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-33 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-12 Windshield Wiper Fuses ....9-34 Engine Coolant ...... 9-12 Power Windows and Service Pressure Cap ...... 9-15 Other Power Options ...... 9-34 Service ...... 9-2 Engine Overheating ...... 9-15 Fuses ...... 9-34 Accessories and Cooling System ...... 9-16 Engine Compartment Modifications ...... 9-3 Power Steering Fluid ...... 9-20 Fuse Block ...... 9-34 California Proposition 65 Windshield Washer Fluid ....9-20 Rear Compartment Warning ...... 9-3 Windshield Wiper Blade Fuse Block ...... 9-36 California Perchlorate Replacement ...... 9-21 Materials Requirements .....9-3 Brakes ...... 9-22 Tires Doing Your Own Battery ...... 9-25 Tires ...... 9-38 Service Work ...... 9-4 Winter Tires ...... 9-39 Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-40 Adding Equipment to the Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-26 Outside of the Vehicle ...... 9-4 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 9-43 Bulb Replacement Inflation - Tire Pressure ....9-46 Owner Checks Bulb Replacement ...... 9-28 Owner Checks ...... 9-5 High-Speed Operation ...... 9-47 Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-28 Tire Pressure Monitor Hood Release ...... 9-5 Front Turn Signal Lamps ...9-28 Engine Compartment System ...... 9-48 Taillamps Tire Pressure Monitor Overview ...... 9-6 (Five-Door Hatchback) .....9-29 Engine Oil ...... 9-7 Operation ...... 9-50 Taillamps Tire Inspection and Engine Oil Life System ...... 9-9 (Three-Door Hatchback) ...9-30 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ....9-11 Rotation ...... 9-51 License Plate Lamp ...... 9-32 When It Is Time for Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-33 New Tires ...... 9-53 9-2 Vehicle Service and Care

Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 Jump Starting Service Different Size Tires Jump Starting ...... 9-68 and Wheels ...... 9-55 For service and parts needs, Uniform Tire Quality Towing visit your dealer/retailer. You will Grading ...... 9-56 Towing Your Vehicle ...... 9-72 receive genuine Saturn parts Wheel Alignment and Recreational Vehicle and Saturn-trained and supported Tire Balance ...... 9-58 Towing ...... 9-72 service people. Wheel Replacement ...... 9-58 Towing a Trailer ...... 9-72 Genuine Saturn parts have one of Tire Chains ...... 9-59 Appearance Care these marks. Tire Changing Interior Cleaning ...... 9-72 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-60 Exterior Cleaning ...... 9-75 Changing a Flat Tire ...... 9-60 Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-78 Removing the Spare Finish Damage ...... 9-79 Tire and Tools ...... 9-61 Underbody Maintenance ....9-79 Removing the Flat Tire Chemical Paint Spotting ....9-79 and Installing the Vehicle Care/Appearance Spare Tire ...... 9-62 Materials ...... 9-80 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ...... 9-66 Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-67 Vehicle Service and Care 9-3

Accessories and GM Accessories, you will know that California Perchlorate GM-trained and supported service Modiﬁcations technicians will perform the work Materials Requirements When non-dealer/non-retailer using genuine GM Accessories. Certain types of automotive accessories are added to your applications, such as airbag Also, see Adding Equipment to vehicle they can affect your vehicle’s initiators, seat belt pretensioners, Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on performance and safety, including and lithium batteries contained page 1-35. such things as, airbags, braking, in remote keyless entry transmitters, stability, ride and handling, may contain perchlorate materials. emissions systems, aerodynamics, California Proposition 65 Special handling may be necessary. durability, and electronic systems like Warning For additional information, see antilock brakes, traction control and Most motor vehicles, including this www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ stability control. Some of these one, contain and/or emit chemicals perchlorate. accessories could even cause known to the State of California malfunction or damage not covered to cause cancer and birth defects or by warranty. other reproductive harm. Engine GM Accessories are designed to exhaust, many parts and systems complement and function with other (including some inside the vehicle), systems on your vehicle. Your GM many ﬂuids, and some component dealer/retailer can accessorize wear by-products contain and/or your vehicle using genuine GM emit these chemicals. Accessories. When you go to your GM dealer/retailer and ask for 9-4 Vehicle Service and Care

Doing Your Own If you want to do some of your own Adding Equipment to the service work, you should use the Service Work proper service manual. It tells Outside of the Vehicle you much more about how to Things you might add to the outside { CAUTION service your vehicle than this of your vehicle can affect the manual can. To order the proper airﬂow around it. This can cause You can be injured and your service manual, see Service wind noise and can affect fuel vehicle could be damaged if Publications Ordering Information economy and windshield washer you try to do service work on a on page 11-14. performance. Check with your vehicle without knowing enough dealer/retailer before adding Your vehicle has an airbag system. equipment to the outside of your about it. Before attempting to do your vehicle. • Be sure you have sufficient own service work, see Airbag knowledge, experience, the System Check on page 1-36. proper replacement parts, and tools before you attempt any You should keep a record with all vehicle maintenance task. parts receipts and list the mileage • Be sure to use the proper and the date of any service work you perform. See “Maintenance nuts, bolts, and other Record” in the Limited Warranty, fasteners. English and metric Maintenance and Owner Assistance fasteners can be easily Information manual. confused. If you use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt. Vehicle Service and Care 9-5

Owner Checks Hood Release To open the hood: { CAUTION

An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

{ CAUTION 2. Push the secondary hood release lever upward. Things that burn can get on hot 3. Lift the hood. engine parts and start a fire. 1. Pull the handle that is located After the hood is slightly lifted, it will These include liquids like fuel, under the instrument panel. continue to open to the full position. oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and other Before closing the hood, be sure fluids, and plastic or rubber. all the filler caps are on properly. You or others could be burned. Then lift the hood to relieve Be careful not to drop or spill pressure. Pull the hood down, things that will burn onto a close it firmly. hot engine. 9-6 Vehicle Service and Care

Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood, this is what you will see: Vehicle Service and Care 9-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil page 9-11. It is a good idea to check the B. Engine Oil Fill Cap. Engine Oil engine oil every time you get fuel. on page 9-7. In order to get an accurate reading, C. Brake Fluid Reservoir. Brakes the oil must be warm and the on page 9-22. vehicle must be on level ground. D. Coolant Reservoir. Cooling The engine oil dipstick handle System on page 9-16. If the low oil level light appears on is a yellow loop. See Engine E. Coolant Reservoir Pressure Cap. the instrument cluster, check Compartment Overview on page 9-6 Pressure Cap on page 9-15. the engine oil level right away. for the location of the engine oil See Low Oil Level Light on dipstick. F. Engine Compartment Fuse Block page 4-23. You should check the on page 9-34. engine oil level regularly; this is just 1. Turn off the engine and give the G. Battery on page 9-25. a reminder. oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan. If you do not H. Windshield Washer Fluid on do this, the oil dipstick might not page 9-20. show the actual level. I. Engine Oil Dipstick. Engine Oil 2. Pull the dipstick and clean it with on page 9-7. a paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down and check the level. 9-8 Vehicle Service and Care

When to Add Engine Oil What Kind of Engine Oil to Use • GM6094M If the oil is below the MIN (minimum) Look for three things: Use only an oil that meets mark, add at least one quart/liter of GM Standard GM6094M. the recommended oil. This section • SAE 5W-30 explains what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, SAE 5W-30 is best for the see Capacities and Speciﬁcations on vehicle. If you are in an area page 10-2. of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below Notice: Do not add too much oil. −20°F (−29°C), use either an If the engine has so much oil SAE 5W-30 synthetic oil or that the oil level gets above the an SAE 0W-30 oil. Both provide upper mark that shows the proper easier cold starting and better operating range, the engine protection for the engine at could be damaged. extremely low temperatures. These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W-50.

See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-6 for the location of the engine oil ﬁll cap. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through. Vehicle Service and Care 9-9

• American Petroleum Institute Engine Oil Additives When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it (API) starburst symbol Do not add anything to the oil. will indicate that an oil change The recommended oils with is necessary. The letters InSP will the starburst symbol that meet appear in the odometer display. GM Standard GM6094M are all you Change the oil as soon as possible need for good performance and within the mileage indicated on engine protection. the display. If you are driving under the best conditions, the oil life Oils meeting these requirements Engine Oil Life System system might indicate that an oil should have the starburst symbol When to Change Engine Oil change is necessary once a on the container. This symbol year. The engine oil and filter must indicates that the oil has been Your vehicle has a computer system be changed at least once a year certified by the American that lets you know when to change and at this time the system must be Petroleum Institute (API). the engine oil and filter. This is reset. Your dealer/retailer has based on engine revolutions trained service people who will Notice: Use only engine oil and engine temperature, and not perform this work using genuine identified as meeting GM Standard on mileage. Based on driving parts and reset the system. It is also GM6094M and showing the conditions, the mileage at which an important to check the oil regularly American Petroleum Institute oil change will be indicated can and keep it at the proper level. Certified For Gasoline Engines vary considerably. For the oil starburst symbol. Failure to use life system to work properly, you If the system is ever reset the recommended oil can result in must reset the system every accidentally, you must change the engine damage not covered by time the oil is changed. oil at 3,000 miles (5 000 km) your warranty. since your last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed. 9-10 Vehicle Service and Care

How to Reset the Engine Oil 3. Press and hold the cluster What to Do with Used Oil stem until the letters InSP Life System Used engine oil contains certain are displayed. The Engine Oil Life System elements that can be unhealthy for calculates when to change the 4. Hold the cluster stem down and your skin and could even cause engine oil and filter based on vehicle turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on use. Whenever the oil is changed, 5. The letters InSP in the instrument your skin for very long. Clean your reset the system so it can calculate panel cluster display will flash. skin and nails with soap and water, when the next oil change is or a good hand cleaner. Wash or required. If a situation occurs where 6. Keep the cluster stem down for properly dispose of clothing or rags you change the oil prior to the at least 20 seconds and then containing used engine oil. See the letters InSP appearing in the release the stem. manufacturer’s warnings about the odometer display, reset the system. If the letters InSP and the remaining use and disposal of oil products. After changing the engine oil, mileage for the next oil change Used oil can be a threat to the reset the system: appear in the instrument panel environment. If you change your own cluster display, the system is oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the 1. Turn the ignition key to properly reset. filter before disposal. Never dispose LOCK/OFF. of oil by putting it in the trash, pouring 2. Press the instrument panel it on the ground, into sewers, or into cluster stem until the odometer streams or bodies of water. Recycle is displayed. it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. Vehicle Service and Care 9-11

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter more information. If you are driving in dusty/dirty conditions, inspect { CAUTION the filter at each engine oil change. Operating the engine with the How to Inspect the Engine air cleaner/filter off can cause Air Cleaner/Filter you or others to be burned. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, The air cleaner not only cleans remove the filter from the vehicle the air; it helps to stop flames if and lightly shake the filter to release the engine backfires. If it is not loose dust and dirt. If the filter there and the engine backfires, remains caked with dirt, a new filter you could be burned. Do not is required. drive with it off, and be careful working on the engine with the To inspect or replace the engine air air cleaner/filter off. cleaner/filter. See Engine Compartment Overview 1. Remove the screws that hold on page 9-6 for the location of Notice: If the air cleaner/filter the cover on. the engine air cleaner/filter. is off, a backfire can cause a 2. Disconnect the electrical When to Inspect the Engine damaging engine fire. And, dirt connector. can easily get into your engine, Air Cleaner/Filter 3. Lift off the cover. which will damage it. Always have Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the the air cleaner/filter in place Maintenance II intervals and replace 4. Inspect or replace the engine air when you are driving. it at the first oil change after each cleaner/filter. 50,000 mile (83 000 km) interval. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to See “Schedule Maintenance” reinstall the cover and reconnect in Service and Maintenance for the electrical connector. 9-12 Vehicle Service and Care

Automatic Transmission covered by your warranty. Hydraulic Clutch See “Recommended Fluids Fluid and Lubricants” in the Limited The hydraulic clutch linkage in It is not necessary to check Warranty, Maintenance and Owner your vehicle is self-adjusting. the transmission fluid level. Assistance Information manual. This system does not have its own A transmission fluid leak is the only reservoir. It receives fluid from reason for fluid loss. If a leak Manual Transmission the brake master cylinder reservoir. See Brakes on page 9-22 for more occurs, take your vehicle to the Fluid dealer/retailer service department information. and have it repaired as soon It is not necessary to check the as possible. manual transmission fluid level. Engine Coolant A transmission fluid leak is the only The cooling system in your vehicle Change the fluid and filter at the reason for fluid loss. If a leak is filled with DEX-COOL® engine intervals listed in the Maintenance occurs, take the vehicle to the coolant. This coolant is designed to Schedule. See “Additional dealer/retailer service department remain in your vehicle for five years Required Services” in Service and have it repaired as soon or 150,000 miles (240 000 km), and Maintenance. Be sure to use as possible. You may also have whichever occurs first, if you add the transmission fluid listed in your fluid level checked by only DEX-COOL® extended life “Recommended Fluids and your dealer/retailer when you have coolant. Lubricants” in Service and your oil changed. See “Part D: Maintenance. Recommended Fluids and The following explains your cooling Notice: Use of the incorrect Lubricants” in Service and system and how to add coolant automatic transmission fluid Maintenance for the proper fluid when it is low. If you have a problem may damage your vehicle, to use. with engine overheating, see and the damages may not be Engine Overheating on page 9-15. Vehicle Service and Care 9-13

A 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable What to Use Notice: If an improper coolant ® water and DEX-COOL coolant will: Use a mixture of one-half clean, mixture is used, the engine could • Give freezing protection down drinkable water and one-half overheat and be badly damaged. to −34°F (−37°C). DEX-COOL® coolant which will not The repair cost would not be damage aluminum parts. If you covered by the vehicle warranty. • Give boiling protection up to Too much water in the mixture 265°F (129°C). use this coolant mixture, you do not need to add anything else. can freeze and crack the engine, • Protect against rust and radiator, heater core, and corrosion. { CAUTION other parts. • Help keep the proper engine Notice: If you use extra temperature. Adding only plain water to inhibitors and/or additives in • Let the warning lights and gages the cooling system can be your vehicle’s cooling system, work as they should. dangerous. Plain water, or you could damage your vehicle. some other liquid such as Use only the proper mixture of Notice: Using coolant other than alcohol, can boil before the ® the engine coolant listed in DEX-COOL can cause premature proper coolant mixture will. this manual for the cooling engine, heater core, or radiator The vehicle’s coolant warning system. See Recommended corrosion. In addition, the engine system is set for the proper Fluids and Lubricants in the coolant may require changing coolant mixture. With plain Maintenance and Limited sooner, at the first maintenance water or the wrong mixture, Warranty and Owner Assistance service after each 30,000 miles the engine could get too hot Information manual. (50 000 km) or 24 months, but would not get the overheat whichever occurs first. Any warning. The engine could repairs would not be covered by catch fire and you or others the vehicle warranty. Always could be burned. Use a 50/50 use DEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL® coolant. 9-14 Vehicle Service and Care

Checking Coolant Adding Coolant { CAUTION If you need more coolant, add the ® Turning the coolant reservoir proper DEX-COOL coolant mixture pressure cap when the engine at the coolant reservoir, but only and radiator are hot can allow when the engine is cool. If the steam and scalding liquids to coolant reservoir is empty, a special fill procedure is necessary. See blow out and burn you badly. Cooling System on page 9-16 Never turn the coolant for instructions on “How to Add reservoir pressure cap - even Coolant to the Coolant Reservoir.” a little - when the engine and radiator are hot. { CAUTION The coolant reservoir is located in The vehicle must be on a level You can be burned if you spill the engine compartment on the surface. When your engine is cold, driver’s side of the vehicle. the coolant level should be at coolant on hot engine parts. See Engine Compartment Overview the KALT/COLD line. Coolant contains ethylene on page 9-6 for more information glycol, and it will burn if the on location. Do not overfill the coolant reservoir. engine parts are hot enough. Too much coolant can result in Do not spill coolant on a hot an overflow condition when the engine. fluid is hot. When replacing the pressure cap, make sure it is hand-tight and fully seated. Vehicle Service and Care 9-15

Pressure Cap If Steam Is Coming From Notice: If the engine catches ﬁre Your Engine because of being driven with Notice: If the pressure cap is not no coolant, your vehicle can be tightly installed, coolant loss { badly damaged. The costly and possible engine damage may CAUTION repairs would not be covered by occur. Be sure the cap is the vehicle warranty. properly and tightly secured. Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly, See Engine Compartment Overview If No Steam Is Coming From even if you just open the hood. Your Engine on page 9-6 for more information Stay away from the engine if on location. you see or hear steam coming An engine coolant temperature from it. Just turn it off and warning can indicate a serious Engine Overheating get everyone away from the problem. See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on There is an engine coolant vehicle until it cools down. page 4-19. temperature warning light on Wait until there is no sign of your vehicle’s instrument panel. steam or coolant before you If you get an engine coolant See Engine Coolant Temperature open the hood. temperature warning, but see or hear Warning Light on page 4-19 for If you keep driving when your no steam, the problem may not be more information. engine is overheated, the too serious. Sometimes the engine liquids in it can catch ﬁre. can get a little too hot when you: You or others could be badly • Climb a long hill on a hot day. burned. Stop your engine if it • Stop after high-speed driving. overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool. • Idle for long periods in traffic. 9-16 Vehicle Service and Care

If you get the engine coolant If you no longer have the overheat Cooling System temperature warning with no sign of warning, you can drive. Just to steam, try this for a minute or so: be safe, drive slower for about When you decide it is safe to lift the hood, this is what you see: 1. If your air conditioner is on, 10 minutes. If the warning does not turn it off. come back on, you can drive normally. 2. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (NEUTRAL) while If the warning continues and you stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull have not stopped, pull over, stop, off the road, shift to P (PARK) and park your vehicle right away. or N (NEUTRAL) and let If there is still no sign of steam, the engine idle. you can idle the engine for 3. Turn on your heater to full hot at three minutes while you are parked. the highest fan speed and open If you still have the warning, turn the windows as necessary. off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down. You may decide not to lift the hood A. Coolant Reservoir but to get service help right away. B. Coolant Reservoir Pressure Cap C. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of view) Vehicle Service and Care 9-17

Notice: Engine damage from { CAUTION { CAUTION running the engine without coolant is not covered by the An electric engine cooling fan Heater and radiator hoses, and warranty. under the hood can start up other engine parts, can be very Notice: Using coolant other even when the engine is not hot. Do not touch them. If you ® running and can cause injury. do, you can be burned. than DEX-COOL can cause Keep hands, clothing, and tools premature engine, heater core, Do not run the engine if there or radiator corrosion. In addition, away from any underhood is a leak. If you run the engine, electric fan. the engine coolant could require it could lose all coolant. changing sooner, at 30,000 miles That could cause an engine (50 000 km) or 24 months, If the coolant inside the coolant fire, and you could be burned. whichever occurs first. Any reservoir is boiling, do not do Get any leak fixed before you repairs would not be covered anything else until it cools down. drive the vehicle. by the vehicle warranty. Always The vehicle should be parked on a use DEX-COOL® (silicate-free) level surface. If there seems to be no leak, coolant in the vehicle. The coolant level should be at or with the engine on, check to see above the KALT/COLD mark on the if the electric engine cooling fans are coolant reservoir. If it is not, you running. If the engine is overheating, may have a leak at the coolant both fans should be running. reservoir pressure cap or in If they are not, your vehicle needs the radiator hoses, heater hoses, service. radiator, water pump, or somewhere else in the cooling system. 9-18 Vehicle Service and Care

How to Add Coolant to the If no coolant is visible in the coolant Coolant Reservoir reservoir, add coolant as follows: { CAUTION Notice: This vehicle has a { Adding only plain water to specific coolant fill procedure. CAUTION the cooling system can be Failure to follow this procedure dangerous. Plain water, or Steam and scalding liquids could cause the engine to some other liquid such as from a hot cooling system can overheat and be severely alcohol, can boil before the blow out and burn you badly. damaged. proper coolant mixture will. They are under pressure, The vehicle’s coolant warning If you have not found a problem yet, and if you turn the coolant system is set for the proper check to see if coolant is visible reservoir pressure cap — even coolant mixture. With plain in the coolant reservoir. If coolant is a little — they can come out at visible but the coolant level is not water or the wrong mixture, the high speed. Never turn the cap at or above the KALT/COLD engine could get too hot but when the cooling system, mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, you would not get the overheat ® including the coolant reservoir drinkable water and DEX-COOL warning. The engine could pressure cap, is hot. Wait for coolant at the coolant reservoir, catch fire and you or others the cooling system and coolant but be sure the cooling system, could be burned. Use a 50/50 reservoir pressure cap to cool including the coolant reservoir mixture of clean, drinkable if you ever have to turn the pressure cap, is cool before you water and DEX-COOL® coolant. do it. See Engine Coolant on pressure cap. page 9-12 for more information. Notice: In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other parts. Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture. Vehicle Service and Care 9-19

4. With the coolant reservoir { CAUTION pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you You can be burned if you spill can feel the upper radiator hose coolant on hot engine parts. getting hot. Watch out for the Coolant contains ethylene engine cooling fans. glycol and it will burn if the Coolant Reservoir By this time, the coolant level engine parts are hot enough. Pressure Cap inside the coolant reservoir might Do not spill coolant on a hot be lower. If the level is lower engine. 2. Keep turning the coolant than the KALT/COLD mark, reservoir pressure cap slowly, add more of the proper mixture 1. Remove the coolant reservoir and remove it. to the coolant reservoir until pressure cap when the cooling 3. Fill the coolant reservoir with the level reaches the system, including the coolant the proper mixture, to the KALT/COLD mark. reservoir pressure cap and KALT/COLD mark. Wait about 5. Replace the coolant reservoir upper radiator hose, is no ﬁve minutes, then check to pressure cap. Be sure the longer hot. Turn the coolant see if the level is below the pressure cap is hand-tight and reservoir pressure cap slowly mark. If the level is below the fully seated. counterclockwise about two KALT/COLD mark, add additional or two and one-half turns. coolant to bring the level up to If you hear a hiss, wait for that the mark. Repeat this procedure to stop. This will allow any until the level remains constant pressure still left to be vented at the KALT/COLD mark for out the discharge hose. at least ﬁve minutes. 9-20 Vehicle Service and Care

Power Steering Fluid Windshield Washer Fluid Notice: When to Check Power • When using concentrated What to Use washer fluid, follow the Steering Fluid When you need windshield manufacturer’s instructions for It is not necessary to check the washer fluid, be sure to read the adding water. power steering fluid level. A power manufacturer’s instructions before • Do not mix water with steering fluid leak is the only use. If you will be operating ready-to-use washer fluid. reason for fluid loss. If a leak your vehicle in an area where the Water can cause the solution occurs, take your vehicle to the temperature may fall below freezing, to freeze and damage your dealer/retailer service department use a fluid that has sufficient washer fluid tank and other and have it repaired as soon protection against freezing. parts of the washer system. as possible. Adding Washer Fluid Also, water does not clean as well as washer fluid. • Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full. Open the cap with the washer • Do not use engine coolant symbol on it. Add washer fluid (antifreeze) in your windshield until the tank is full. See Engine washer. It can damage the Compartment Overview on page 9-6 vehicle’s windshield washer for reservoir location. system and paint. Vehicle Service and Care 9-21

Windshield Wiper Blade Rear Windshield Wiper Replacement Front Windshield Wiper Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking. See “Maintenance Replacement Parts” in the Limited Warranty, Maintenance and owner Assistance Information manual for the proper type and length. Raise the wiper arm, tilt the wiper 3. Raise the wiper arm away from blade at a 90° angle to the the windshield. wiper arm, and remove to the side. 1. Lift the wiper arm straight up. 4. Turn the wiper blade at a 90° 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Push the wiper blade straight out angle to the wiper arm and of the wiper arm to remove. 2. With the key in the ignition and remove the blade to the side. 3. Install the new wiper blade. key in the LOCK position, press 5. Install the new wiper blade. the wiper lever down. Release the wiper lever when the wipers 6. Lower the wiper arm on to the are in the vertical position. windshield. 9-22 Vehicle Service and Care

Brakes have the brake or clutch hydraulic Refer to “Scheduled Maintenance” system fixed, since a leak means in the Limited Warranty, Brake Fluid that sooner or later the brakes Maintenance and Owner Assistance or clutch will not work well. Information manual to determine when to check the brake fluid. It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid. Adding brake fluid Checking Brake Fluid will not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, The brake fluid can be checked there will be too much fluid without taking off the cap by looking The brake master cylinder and, on when new brake linings are at the brake fluid reservoir. manual transmission vehicles, installed. Add or remove brake fluid, the clutch hydraulic system use the The fluid level should be above as necessary, only when work is same reservoir. The reservoir is MIN. If it is not, have your brake done on the brake or clutch filled with DOT-4 brake fluid. hydraulic system checked to see hydraulic system. See Engine Compartment Overview if there is a leak. After work is done on page 9-6 for the location of on the brake hydraulic system, the reservoir. { CAUTION make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark. There are only two reasons why the If your vehicle has too much brake fluid level in the reservoir brake fluid, it can spill on the What to Add might go down. The first is that the When you do need brake fluid, brake fluid goes down to an engine. The fluid will burn if the use only DOT-4 brake fluid. acceptable level during normal engine is hot enough. You or It is recommended that you flush brake lining wear. When new linings others could be burned, and the brake hydraulic system and are put in, the fluid level goes your vehicle could be damaged. refill it with new DOT-4 fluid back up. The other reason is that Add brake fluid only when work at a regular maintenance service fluid is leaking out of the brake is done on the brake and/or every two years. See “Additional or clutch hydraulic system. If it is, clutch hydraulic system. Vehicle Service and Care 9-23

Required Services” in the Limited Notice: Brake Wear Warranty, Maintenance and • Using the wrong fluid can Your vehicle has disc brakes. Owner Assistance Information badly damage brake Notice: Continuing to drive manual. Use new brake fluid hydraulic system parts. with worn-out brake pads could from a sealed container only. For example, just a few drops result in costly brake repair. See “Recommended Fluids and of mineral-based oil, such Lubricants” in the Limited Warranty, as engine oil, in the brake Front disc brake pads have built-in Maintenance and Owner Assistance hydraulic system can brake pad wear indicators that Information manual. damage brake hydraulic make a high-pitched warning sound Always clean the brake fluid system parts so badly that when the brake pads are worn reservoir cap and the area they will have to be replaced. and new pads are needed. around the cap before removing it. Do not let someone put in The sound can come and go or be This helps keep dirt from entering the wrong kind of fluid. heard all the time your vehicle is the reservoir. • If you spill brake fluid on your moving, except when you are vehicle’s painted surfaces, the pushing on the brake pedal firmly. { CAUTION paint finish can be damaged. Be careful not to spill brake { CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in fluid on your vehicle. If you the brake hydraulic system, do, wash it off immediately. The brake wear warning sound the brakes might not work well. See Exterior Cleaning on means that soon the brakes will This could cause a crash. page 9-75. not work well. That could lead Always use the proper brake to an accident. When you hear fluid. the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle serviced. 9-24 Vehicle Service and Care

Rear disc brake pads do not have Some driving conditions or climates built-in brake pad wear indicators. can cause a brake squeal when Periodic visual inspection of the rear the brakes are first applied or lightly brake pads is required to determine applied. This does not mean when to replace the pads. Visually something is wrong with the brakes. inspect the rear brake pads Properly torqued wheel bolts are whenever the rear wheels are necessary to help prevent brake removed such as during tire rotation. pulsation. When tires are rotated, 1. Set the parking brake and make inspect brake pads for wear and sure that the brakes have been evenly tighten wheel bolts in given enough time to cool. the proper sequence to torque 2. Remove the rear wheels. specifications in Capacities Brake pads should be replaced and Specifications on page 10-2. 3. Visually inspect the rear brake when the inner pad (C) is inner pads (C) at each rear Brake linings should always worn to 5/64 in (2 mm) of pad be replaced as complete axle sets. wheel through the inspection thickness (B). New brake window in the brake caliper (A). pads, with no wear, are 25/64 of Brake Pedal Travel an inch (10 mm) thick. See your dealer/retailer if the brake 4. After brake pad inspection or pedal does not return to normal replacement, install the rear height, or if there is a rapid increase wheels. in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service might be required. Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop, the disc brakes adjust for wear. Vehicle Service and Care 9-25

Replacing Brake System Parts Battery Vehicle Storage The braking system on a vehicle Your vehicle has a maintenance is complex. Its many parts have to free battery. When it is time { CAUTION be of top quality and work well for a new battery, see your together if the vehicle is to have dealer/retailer for one that has the Batteries have acid that can really good braking. Your vehicle replacement number shown on burn you and gas that can was designed and tested with the original battery’s label. explode. You can be badly hurt top-quality brake parts. When you See Engine Compartment Overview if you are not careful. See Jump replace parts of the braking on page 9-6 for battery location. Starting on page 9-68 for tips system — for example, when the on working around a battery Warning: Battery posts, terminals, brake linings wear down and without getting hurt. you need new ones put in — be and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, sure you get new approved Infrequent Usage: If you drive your replacement parts. If you do not, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and vehicle infrequently, remove the the brakes might not work properly. black, negative (−) cable from For example, if someone puts in reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. the battery. This will help keep the brake linings that are wrong for battery from running down. your vehicle, the balance between the front and rear brakes can Extended Storage: For extended change — for the worse. The storage of your vehicle, remove the braking performance you have black, negative (−) cable from come to expect can change in many the battery or use a battery trickle other ways if someone puts in the charger. This will help maintain wrong replacement brake parts. the charge of the battery over an extended period of time. 9-26 Vehicle Service and Care

Headlamp Aiming The vehicle should: Headlamp aiming is done with the • Be placed so the headlamps vehicle’s low-beam headlamps. The optical headlamp aiming system are 25 ft. (7.6 m) from a light The high-beam headlamps will be has been preset at the factory colored wall. correctly aimed if the low-beam and should need no further headlamps are aimed properly. adjustment. • Have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all To adjust the vertical aim on However, If the vehicle is damaged the way to the wall. the headlamps: in a crash, the headlamp aim • Be placed so it is perpendicular 1. Open the hood. See Hood may be affected and adjustment to the wall. Release on page 9-5 for more may be necessary. • Not have any snow, ice, or information. If oncoming vehicles ﬂash their high mudonit. beams at you, this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted. • Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp It is recommended that the vehicle aiming is being done. is taken to your dealer/retailer for • Have a full tank of fuel and service if the headlamps need to be one person or 160 lbs (75 kg) re-aimed. It is possible however, to on the driver seat. re-aim the headlamps as described. • Have all tires properly inﬂated.

2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low-beam headlamp. Vehicle Service and Care 9-27

3. Record the distance from the Notice: Do not cover a headlamp ground to the aim dot on the to improve beam cut-off when low-beam headlamp. aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted. Do not place it directly on the headlamp. This allows only the beam of light from the 7. Locate the vertical headlamp headlamp being adjusted to aiming screws, which are under be seen on the ﬂat surface. 4. At a wall, measure from the the hood near each headlamp ground upward (A) to the assembly. recorded distance from Step 3 The adjustment screw can be and mark it. turned with a 6 mm socket 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) wrench. on the wall the width of the 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw vehicle at the height of the until the headlamp beam is aimed mark in Step 4. to the horizontal tape line. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam. 9-28 Vehicle Service and Care

Bulb Replacement Front Turn Signal Lamps For the proper type of replacement bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 9-33. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer/retailer. Halogen Bulbs 9. Make sure that the light from the { headlamp is positioned at the CAUTION bottom edge of the horizontal Halogen bulbs have tape line. The lamp on the left (A) 1. The bulbs of the turn signal lamp pressurized gas inside and can shows the correct headlamp aim. are replaced through openings in burst if you drop or scratch the The lamp on the right (B) shows the front wheel wells. Turn the the incorrect headlamp aim. bulb. You or others could be wheel to gain access to the push injured. Be sure to read and tabs and remove the cover. 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for follow the instructions on the the opposite headlamp. bulb package. Vehicle Service and Care 9-29

Taillamps To replace one of these bulbs: (Five-Door Hatchback) 1. Open the liftgate. 2. To replace the bulbs on the driver side, turn both locks and remove the cover.

2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull straight out. A. Backup Lamp 3. Turn bulb counterclockwise and remove. B. Taillamp 4. Install new bulb. C. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp To replace the bulbs on the 5. Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to passenger side, turn the lock reinstall. clockwise and remove the cover. 3. Detach the plug connector from the bulb assembly. 9-30 Vehicle Service and Care

9. Install a new bulb without Taillamps touching the glass. (Three-Door Hatchback) 10. Reinstall the bulb assembly in taillamp assembly.

4. Turn the nuts counterclockwise and hold the outside of taillamp assembly. A. Backup Lamp 5. Pull the taillamp assembly 11. Make sure the seals are applied straight out. to the taillamp assembly and B. Taillamp 6. Remove the three nuts. screws. C. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp 7. Press on the tabs on the outside 12. Insert the taillamp assembly of bulb assembly and remove the into the body. bulb assembly. 13. Reinstall the three nuts. 8. Remove the bulb from the bulb 14. Attach the plug connector to the assembly. bulb assembly. Vehicle Service and Care 9-31

To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate on page 2-6 for more information. 2. Detach the plug connector from the bulb assembly.

5. Remove the seal. 10. Make sure the seals are applied 6. Press on the tabs on outside of to the taillamp assembly and bulb assembly and remove the screws. bulb assembly. 11. Insert the taillamp assembly 7. Remove the bulb from the bulb into the body. assembly. 12. Reinstall the three nuts. 8. Install a new bulb without 13. Attach the plug connector to the touching the glass. bulb assembly. 3. Turn the nuts counterclockwise 9. Reinstall the bulb assembly in and hold the outside of taillamp taillamp assembly. assembly. 4. Pull the taillamp assembly straight out. 9-32 Vehicle Service and Care

License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs:

2. Turn and pull the license plate 3. Turn the bulb socket lamp toward you through the counterclockwise and pull the opening. bulb straight out of the socket. 1. Push tab in and pull down on it to 4. Install the new bulb. remove the license plate lamp. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license plate lamp. Vehicle Service and Care 9-33

Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Your vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle, see Exterior Lamp Bulb Add-On Electrical Number Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Equipment Vehicle on page 1-34. Front Turn 3157 NAK Signal Lamp Notice: Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless Headlamp Wiring License Plate W5W Lamp you check with your dealer/retailer The headlamp wiring is protected Parking Lamp 4157K ﬁrst. Some electrical equipment by fuses in the fuse block. can damage your vehicle and the Taillamp W21 An electrical overload will cause damage would not be covered by the lamps to turn off. If this happens, your warranty. Some add-on For replacement bulbs not listed have your headlamp wiring checked electrical equipment can keep here, contact your dealer/retailer. right away. other components from working as they should. Add-on equipment can drain your vehicle’s battery, even if your vehicle is not operating. 9-34 Vehicle Service and Care

Windshield Wiper Fuses Fuses Engine Compartment The windshield wiper motor is The wiring circuits in your vehicle Fuse Block protected by a circuit breaker and a are protected from short circuits by a The engine compartment fuse block fuse. If the motor overheats due combination of fuses and circuit is located in the front left side of to heavy snow, etc., the wiper breakers. This greatly reduces the the engine compartment. Engine will stop until the motor cools. chance of damage caused by Compartment Overview on If the overload is caused by some electrical problems. page 9-6. electrical problem, have it ﬁxed. Look at the silver-colored band To open the fuse block cover, Power Windows and inside the fuse. If the band is broken insert a tool into the latch and turn. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure Pull up on the cover to remove. Other Power Options to replace a bad fuse with a new one Circuit breakers in the fuse block of the identical size and rating. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical components on protect the power windows and There are two fuse blocks in other power accessories. When the your vehicle may damage it. your vehicle: one in the engine Always keep the covers on any current load is too heavy, the compartment and one in the trunk. circuit breaker opens and closes, electrical component. protecting the circuit until the There is a fuse puller located problem is ﬁxed or goes away. on the rear compartment fuse block. See Rear Compartment Fuse Block on page 9-36. It can be used to easily remove fuses from the fuse block. Vehicle Service and Care 9-35

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Antilock Brake Climate Control 6 Engine Cooling Fan 1 System (ABS) Valves 4 System (Ignition) Windshield & Liftgate 2 ABS Pump Engine Cooling 7 Glass Washer Motor 5 Fan (AT and AC only) 9-36 Vehicle Service and Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Block 8 Horn 26 ECM (Sensor and 10 Door Locks Actuators) To open the liftgate, See Liftgate on 13 Foglamps 27 Power Steering page 2-6. Windshield Wipers 28 Automatic 14 (high speed) Transmission (Battery) Windshield Wipers 29 Automatic 15 (low speed) Transmission (Ignition) 30 ECM (Ignition) 16 Antilock Brake System, Brake Lamp Switch 32 Brake Switch 17 Vacuum Pump 34 Steering Column 18 Starter Module 20 Air Conditioning Clutch 35 Radio Engine Control OnStar™ Module/ 36 OnStar™ Interface 21 Module (ECM) Module/Display (Main Relay) The rear compartment fuse block is 22 ECM (Battery) located on the left side of the cargo area behind a cover. 24 Fuel Pump/Injectors Vehicle Service and Care 9-37

Use the fuse puller, to remove and replace fuses.

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 Front Power Window Climate Control 12 Rear Windshield Wiper 4 System (Battery) 3 Cluster 14 Climate Control 11 Rear Defogger System (Ignition) 9-38 Vehicle Service and Care

Fuses Usage Tires CAUTION (Continued) 16 Front Passenger Seat Your new vehicle comes with Detection Sensor high-quality tires made by • Underinflated tires pose Tire Pressure a leading tire manufacturer. the same danger as Monitoring If you ever have questions about overloaded tires. 17 System (TPMS)/ the tire warranty and where to The resulting accident Rain Sensor/Inside obtain service, see the “Limited could cause serious Rearview Mirror Warranty, Maintenance and injury. Check all tires 18 Interior Lights Owner Assistance Information” frequently to maintain the manual for details. 21 Outside Mirror Heating recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be 22 Sunroof { CAUTION checked when your tires 23 Rear Power Window are cold. See Inflation - Tire Diagnostic Link • Poorly maintained and Pressure on page 9-46. 24 Connector improperly used tires are • Overinflated tires are more Accessory Power dangerous. likely to be cut, punctured, 29 Outlet (APO) • Overloading your tires can or broken by a sudden impact — such as when 34 Sunroof cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. you hit a pothole. Keep 38 Door Locks You could have an air-out tires at the recommended 39 Seat Heating Driver and a serious accident. pressure. Seat Heating Front See Loading the Vehicle (Continued) 40 Passenger on page 8-30. (Continued) Vehicle Service and Care 9-39

Notice: If the vehicle has Winter Tires CAUTION (Continued) low-profile tires, they are more susceptible to damage If the vehicle has 225/40ZR18 or • Worn, old tires can cause from road hazards or curb 215/45R18 size tires, they are accidents. If your tread impact than standard profile classified as low-profile performance is badly worn, or if your tires. Tire and/or wheel tires. These tires are designed for tires have been damaged, assembly damage can occur very responsive driving on wet or dry replace them. when coming into contact with pavement. If you expect to drive road hazards like, potholes, on snow or ice covered roads often, See High-Speed Operation you may want to get winter tires on page 9-47 for inflation or sharp edged objects, or when sliding into a curb. for your vehicle. All season tires pressure adjustment for provide good overall performance on high speed driving. The vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damage. most surfaces but they may not Keep tires set to the correct offer the traction you would like or Low-Profile Tires inflation pressure and, the same level of performance when possible avoid contact as winter tires on snow or ice If the vehicle has 225/40ZR18 covered roads. or 215/45R18 size tires, they with curbs, potholes, and are classified as low-profile other road hazards. Winter tires, in general, are performance tires. These tires designed for increased traction on are designed for very responsive snow and ice covered roads. driving on wet or dry pavement. With winter tires, there may be You may also notice more decreased dry road traction, road noise with low-profile increased road noise, and shorter performance tires and that they tire tread life. After switching to tend to wear faster. winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking. 9-40 Vehicle Service and Care

See your dealer/retailer for details Tire Sidewall Labeling (A) Tire Size: The tire size is regarding winter tire availability a combination of letters and and proper tire selection. Also, see Useful information about a numbers used to define a Buying New Tires on page 9-54. tire is molded into its sidewall. particular tire’s width, height, The examples below show If you choose to use winter tires: aspect ratio, construction a typical passenger vehicle type, and service description. • Use tires of the same brand and tire and a compact spare See the “Tire Size” illustration tread type on all four wheel tire sidewall. later in this section for more positions. detail. • Use only radial ply tires of the (B) TPC Spec (Tire same size, load range, and Performance Criteria speed rating as your original Specification): Original equipment tires. equipment tires designed to Winter tires with the same speed GM’s specific tire performance rating as the original equipment tires criteria have a TPC specification may not be available for H, V, W, code molded onto the sidewall. Y and ZR speed rated tires. GM’s TPC specifications meet If you choose winter tires with a or exceed all federal safety lower speed rating, never exceed guidelines. the tire’s maximum speed capability. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (C) DOT (Department of Example Transportation): The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Vehicle Service and Care 9-41

(D) Tire Identification Number (G) Maximum Cold Inflation (B) Temporary Use Only: (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load The compact spare tire or following DOT (Department that can be carried and the temporary use tire has a tread of Transportation) code is the maximum pressure needed to life of approximately 3,000 miles Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. (5 000 km) and should not be The TIN shows the manufacturer driven at speeds over 50 mph and plant code, tire size, and (80 km/h). The compact date the tire was manufactured. spare tire is for emergency use The TIN is molded onto both when a regular road tire has sides of the tire, although only lost air and gone flat. If your one side may have the date vehicle has a compact spare tire. of manufacture. See Compact Spare Tire on page 9-67 and If a Tire (E) Tire Ply Material: The type Goes Flat on page 9-60. of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. (C) Tire Identification Number (TIN): The letters and (F) Uniform Tire Quality numbers following the DOT Grading (UTQG): Tire Compact Spare Tire Example (Department of Transportation) manufacturers are required to code is the Tire Identification grade tires based on three (A) Tire Ply Material: The type Number (TIN). The TIN shows performance factors: treadwear, the manufacturer and plant code, traction, and temperature of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. tire size, and date the tire was resistance. For more information manufactured. The TIN is see Uniform Tire Quality molded onto both sides of the Grading on page 9-56. tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. 9-42 Vehicle Service and Care

(D) Maximum Cold Inflation (G) TPC Spec (Tire (A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Load Limit: Maximum load that Performance Criteria The United States version of a can be carried and the maximum Specification): Original metric tire sizing system. pressure needed to support equipment tires designed to The letter P as the first that load. GM’s specific tire performance character in the tire size criteria have a TPC specification means a passenger vehicle tire (E) Tire Inflation: The code molded onto the sidewall. engineered to standards set by temporary use tire or compact GM’s TPC specifications meet the U.S. Tire and Rim spare tire should be inflated or exceed all federal safety Association. to 60 psi (420 kPa). For more guidelines. information on tire pressure (B) Tire Width: The three-digit and inflation see Inflation - Tire Tire Size number indicates the tire section Pressure on page 9-46. width in millimeters from sidewall The following illustration shows to sidewall. (F) Tire Size : A combination of an example of a typical letters and numbers define a passenger vehicle tire size. (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, number that indicates the tire construction type, and service height-to-width measurements. description. The letter T as For example, if the tire size the first character in the tire size aspect ratio is 60, as shown in means the tire is for temporary item C of the illustration, it would use only. mean that the tire’s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide. Vehicle Service and Care 9-43

(D) Construction Code: Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains A letter code is used to indicate Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel the type of ply construction in cords that hold the tire onto the tire. The letter R means Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. radial ply construction; the air inside the tire pressing : A pneumatic tire letter D means diagonal or outward on each square inch Bias Ply Tire bias ply construction; and the in which the plies are laid at of the tire. Air pressure is alternate angles less than letter B means belted-bias expressed in pounds per square ply construction. 90 degrees to the centerline of inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa). the tread. (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Accessory Weight: This means the wheel in inches. the combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The accessories. Some examples amount of air pressure in a (F) Service Description: tire, measured in pounds These characters represent the of optional accessories are, per square inch (psi) or load range and speed rating automatic transmission, power kilopascals (kPa) before a tire of the tire. The load index steering, power brakes, power has built up heat from driving. represents the load carry windows, power seats, and air See Inflation - Tire Pressure on capacity a tire is certified to conditioning. page 9-46. carry. The load index can range Aspect Ratio: The relationship from 1 to 279. The speed of a tire’s height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a rating is the maximum speed a motor vehicle with standard tire is certified to carry a load. Belt: A rubber coated layer of and optional equipment including Speed ratings range from A to Z. cords that is located between the the maximum capacity of fuel, plies and the tread. Cords may oil, and coolant, but without be made from steel or other passengers and cargo. reinforcing materials. 9-44 Vehicle Service and Care

DOT Markings: A code molded Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle into the sidewall of a tire The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb signifying that the tire is in that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and Department of Transportation production options weight. (DOT) motor vehicle safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The includes the Tire Identification number of occupants a vehicle Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: is designed to seat multiplied by Number (TIN), an alphanumeric A tire used on light duty trucks designator which can also 150 lbs (68 kg). See Loading and some multipurpose the Vehicle on page 8-30. identify the tire manufacturer, passenger vehicles. production plant, brand, and date Occupant Distribution: of production. Load Index: An assigned Designated seating positions. number ranging from 1 to 279 GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: Rating. See Loading the Vehicle carrying capacity of a tire. The side of an asymmetrical tire on page 8-30. that has a particular side that Maximum Inflation faces outward when mounted on GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Pressure: The maximum air Rating for the front axle. a vehicle. The side of the tire pressure to which a cold tire that contains a whitewall, See Loading the Vehicle on can be inflated. The maximum page 8-30. bears white lettering, or bears air pressure is molded onto manufacturer, brand, and/or GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight the sidewall. model name molding that Rating for the rear axle. Maximum Load Rating: is higher or deeper than the See Loading the Vehicle on The load rating for a tire at the same moldings on the page 8-30. maximum permissible inflation other sidewall of the tire. pressure for that tire. Vehicle Service and Care 9-45

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Traction: The friction between Vehicle Capacity Weight: A tire used on passenger cars the tire and the road surface. The number of designated and some light duty trucks The amount of grip provided. seating positions multiplied and multipurpose vehicles. by 150 lbs (68 kg) plus the Tread: The portion of a tire that rated cargo load. See Loading Recommended Inflation comes into contact with the road. the Vehicle on page 8-30. Pressure: Vehicle manufacturer’s recommended Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear the Tire: Load on an individual on the tire placard. See bars, that show across the tread tire due to curb weight, Inflation - Tire Pressure on of a tire when only 1/16 inch accessory weight, occupant page 9-46 and Loading (1.6 mm) of tread remains. weight, and cargo weight. the Vehicle on page 8-30. See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 9-53. Vehicle Placard: A label Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic permanently attached to a tire in which the ply cords that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle’s extend to the beads are laid Grading Standards): A tire capacity weight and the original at 90 degrees to the centerline information system that provides equipment tire size and of the tread. consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure. tire’s traction, temperature, See “Tire and Loading Rim: A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under and upon which the tire beads determined by tire manufacturers Loading the Vehicle on are seated. using government testing page 8-30. procedures. The ratings are Sidewall: The portion of a tire molded into the sidewall of the between the tread and the bead. tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Grading on page 9-56. code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate. 9-46 Vehicle Service and Care

Inflation - Tire Pressure A vehicle specific Tire and When to Check Loading Information label is Tires need the correct amount attached to your vehicle. Check your tires once a month of air pressure to operate This label shows your vehicle’s or more. Do not forget to effectively. check the compact spare tire, it original equipment tires and should be at 60 psi (420 kPa). Notice: Do not let anyone tell the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold. For additional information you that under-inflation or regarding the compact spare over-inflation is all right. It is The recommended cold tire inflation pressure, shown on the tire, see Compact Spare Tire on not. If your tires do not have page 9-67. enough air (under-inflation), label, is the minimum amount you can get the following: of air pressure needed to How to Check • Too much flexing support your vehicle’s maximum load carrying capacity. Use a good quality pocket-type • Too much heat gage to check tire pressure. • Tire overloading For additional information You cannot tell if your tires are regarding how much weight your properly inflated simply by • Premature or irregular wear vehicle can carry, and an looking at them. Radial tires may • Poor handling example of the Tire and Loading look properly inflated even • Reduced fuel economy Information label, see Loading when they are under-inflated. the Vehicle on page 8-30. If your tires have too much air Check the tire’s inflation How you load your vehicle pressure when the tires are (over-inflation), you can get affects vehicle handling and the following: cold. Cold means your vehicle ride comfort. Never load has been sitting for at least • Unusual wear your vehicle with more weight three hours or driven no more • Poor handling than it was designed to carry. than 1 mile (1.6 km). • Rough ride • Needless damage from road hazards Vehicle Service and Care 9-47

Remove the valve cap from the High-Speed Operation If the vehicle has P205/55R16 size tire valve stem. Press the tires, additional air pressure is tire gage firmly onto the valve to { required when driving the vehicle at get a pressure measurement. CAUTION speeds of 99 mph (158 km/h) or If the cold tire inflation pressure higher. Set the cold tire inflation matches the recommended Driving at high speeds, 100 mph pressure to the maximum inflation pressure on the Tire and (160 km/h) or higher, puts an pressure shown on the tire sidewall, Loading Information label, no additional strain on tires. or 32 psi (220 kPa), whichever is further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving lower. See the example following. causes excessive heat build up If the inflation pressure is low, Example: add air until you reach the and can cause sudden tire recommended amount. failure. You could have a crash The maximum load and inflation and you or others could be pressure is molded on the tire’s If you overfill the tire, release air killed. Some high-speed rated sidewall, in small letters, near the by pushing on the metal stem tires require inflation pressure rim flange. It reads something in the center of the tire valve. adjustment for high speed like this: Maximum load 710 kg Re-check the tire pressure with operation. When speed limits (1565 lbs) 350 kPa (51 psi) Max. the tire gage. and road conditions are such Press. Be sure to put the valve caps that a vehicle can be driven at For this example, the cold tire back on the valve stems. high speeds, make sure the inflation pressure for high-speed They help prevent leaks by tires are rated for high speed driving should be set at 32 psi keeping out dirt and moisture. operation, in excellent (220 kPa). condition, and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load. 9-48 Vehicle Service and Care

When high-speed driving ends, pressure label. (If your vehicle has Please note that the TPMS is return the tire pressure to the tires of a different size than not a substitute for proper tire recommended cold inflation the size indicated on the vehicle maintenance, and it is the driver’s pressure shown on the Tire and placard or tire inflation pressure responsibility to maintain correct tire Loading Information label. See label, you should determine the pressure, even if under-inflation has Loading the Vehicle on page 8-30. proper tire inflation pressure not reached the level to trigger Tire pressure should be checked for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire and correctly set when the tires are pressure telltale. As an added safety feature, your cold. See Inflation - Tire Pressure vehicle has been equipped with Your vehicle has also been equipped on page 9-46. a tire pressure monitoring system with a TPMS malfunction indicator to (TPMS) that illuminates a low indicate when the system is not Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressure telltale when one or operating properly. The TPMS System more of your tires is significantly malfunction indicator is combined The Tire Pressure Monitor System under-inflated. with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for technology to check tire pressure pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then levels. The TPMS sensors monitor should stop and check your tires remain continuously illuminated. the air pressure in your vehicle’s tires as soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon and transmit tire pressure readings to to the proper pressure. Driving on subsequent vehicle start-ups as long a receiver located in the vehicle. a significantly under-inflated tire as the malfunction exists. Each tire, including the spare causes the tire to overheat and can (if provided), should be checked lead to tire failure. Under-inflation monthly when cold and inflated to also reduces fuel efficiency and tire the inflation pressure recommended tread life, and may affect the by the vehicle manufacturer on vehicle’s handling and stopping the vehicle placard or tire inflation ability. Vehicle Service and Care 9-49

When the malfunction indicator is Federal Communications The TPMS operates on a radio illuminated, the system may not be Commission (FCC) and frequency and complies with able to detect or signal low tire Industry and Science Canada RSS-210 of Industry and Science pressure as intended. TPMS Canada. Operation is subject to the malfunctions may occur for a variety The Tire Pressure Monitor System following two conditions: of reasons, including the installation (TPMS) operates on a radio frequency and complies with 1. This device may not cause of replacement or alternate tires or interference. wheels on the vehicle that prevent Part 15 of the FCC Rules. the TPMS from functioning properly. Operation is subject to the following 2. This device must accept any Always check the TPMS malfunction two conditions: interference received, including telltale after replacing one or more 1. This device may not cause interference that may cause tires or wheels on your vehicle to harmful interference. undesired operation of the device. ensure that the replacement or 2. This device must accept any alternate tires and wheels allow interference received, including Changes or modiﬁcations to this the TPMS to continue to function interference that may cause system by other than an authorized properly. undesired operation. service facility could void See Tire Pressure Monitor authorization to use this equipment. Operation on page 9-50 for additional information. 9-50 Vehicle Service and Care

Tire Pressure Monitor The low tire pressure warning light example of the Tire and Load comes on at each ignition cycle Information label and its location on Operation until the tires are inflated to the vehicle. Also see Inflation - Tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System the correct inflation pressure. Pressure on page 9-46. (TPMS) is designed to warn the The low tire pressure warning light The vehicle’s TPMS can warn you driver when a low tire pressure may come on in cool weather about a low tire pressure condition condition exists. TPMS sensors are when the vehicle is first started, and but it does not replace normal tire mounted onto each tire and then turn off as you start to drive. maintenance. See Tire Inspection wheel assembly, excluding the This could be an early indicator that and Rotation on page 9-51 and Tires spare tire. The TPMS sensors the air pressure in the tire(s) are on page 9-38. monitor the air pressure in the getting low and need to be inflated vehicle’s tires and transmit tire to the proper pressure. Notice: Liquid tire sealants pressure readings to a receiver could damage the Tire Pressure located in the vehicle. You must begin driving before the Monitor System (TPMS) sensors. TPMS system is operational. Sensor damage caused by TPMS sensors need to be installed using a tire sealant is not covered onto the full-size tire and wheel by your warranty. Do not use assemblies, and the tires adjusted liquid tire sealants. to the manufacturers’ recommended tire pressure amount. Each TPMS sensor has a unique When a low tire pressure condition identification code. Any time A Tire and Load Information label is is detected, the TPMS illuminates you replace one or more of the attached to the vehicle, and shows the low tire pressure warning TPMS sensors or rotate the the size of the vehicle’s original light located in the instrument vehicle’s tires, the identification equipment tires and the correct panel cluster. codes are automatically learned by inflation pressure for the tires when the TPMS. This occurs within a they are cold. See Loading the few moments of driving the vehicle Vehicle on page 8-30, for an over 19 mph (31 km/h). Vehicle Service and Care 9-51

TPMS Malfunction Light • Replacement tires or wheels do Tire Inspection and The TPMS will not function properly not match the vehicle’s original Rotation if one or more of the TPMS equipment tires or wheels. Tires sensors are missing or inoperable. and wheels other than those Inspect tires regularly for signs of When the system detects a recommended for the vehicle wear or damage. Also inspect the malfunction, the low tire warning could prevent the TPMS from spare tire. For more information light ﬂashes for about one minute functioning properly. See Buying on tire inspection, see When It Is and then stays on for the remainder New Tires on page 9-54. Time for New Tires on page 9-53. of the ignition cycle. Some of the • Operating electronic devices or Rotating vehicle tires helps them conditions that can cause the being near facilities using radio to wear evenly and keeps the malfunction light to come on are: wave frequencies similar to the vehicle performing like it did • One of the road tires has been TPMS could cause the TPMS when tires were new. sensors to malfunction. replaced with the spare tire. The Rotate the tires and check spare tire does not have a TPMS If the TPMS is not functioning it wheel alignment approximately sensor. The TPMS malfunction cannot detect or signal a low tire every 5,000 to 8,000 miles light and DIC message should go condition. See your dealer/retailer (8 000 to 13 000 km) or when off once you re-install the road tire for service if the TPMS malfunction unusual tire wear is noted. containing the TPMS sensor. light comes on and stays on. See “Scheduled Maintenance” • One or more TPMS sensors are in the Index of the “Limited missing or damaged. The TPMS Warranty, Maintenance malfunction light should go off and Owner Assistance after the TPMS sensors are Information” manual for more installed and the vehicle is information. Also check the driven for a few moments over wheels for damage, see Wheel 19 mph (31 km/h). See your Replacement on page 9-58 dealer/retailer for service. for more information. 9-52 Vehicle Service and Care

To prevent corrosion or rust { CAUTION build-up, lightly coat the wheel hub center and the cone-shaped Rust or dirt on a wheel, or surface of each wheel bolt on the parts to which it is with wheel bearing grease, fastened, can make wheel after a wheel change. bolts become loose after time. The wheel could come See Changing a Flat Tire on off and cause a crash. When page 9-60 for information you change a wheel, remove on installing the tire and wheel any rust or dirt from places assembly. Also see “Wheel where the wheel attaches to Bolt Torque” under Capacities the vehicle using a scraper and Specifications on page 10-2. Use this pattern when rotating or wire brush. Adjust the front and rear tires to the vehicle tires. Do not include the recommended cold tire the compact spare tire in the Installing wheels with a good inflation pressure shown on the tire rotation. metal-to-metal contact at Tire and Loading Information the mounting surfaces is label. See Inflation - Tire necessary to prevent wheel Pressure on page 9-46 and bolts from becoming loose. Loading the Vehicle on page 8-30. Vehicle Service and Care 9-53

When It Is Time for You need new tires if any of the The rubber in tires degrades over New Tires following statements are true: time, even if they are not being • You can see the indicators at used. This is also true for the Various factors, such as three or more places around spare tire, if the vehicle has one. maintenance, temperatures, the tire. Multiple conditions affect how driving speeds, vehicle loading, fast this aging takes place, including and road conditions inﬂuence • You can see cord or fabric temperatures, loading conditions, when you need new tires. showing through the tire’s rubber. and inﬂation pressure maintenance. • The tread or sidewall is cracked, With proper care and maintenance cut, or snagged deep enough to tires typically wear out before show cord or fabric. they degrade due to age. If you are unsure about the need to replace • The tire has a bump, bulge, the tires as they get older, consult or split. the tire manufacturer for more • The tire has a puncture, cut, or information. other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.

One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators, which will appear when the tires have only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or less of tread remaining. 9-54 Vehicle Service and Care

Buying New Tires and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM’s TPC Spec { CAUTION GM has developed and matched number is molded onto the tire’s specific tires for your vehicle. sidewall near the tire size. If the tires Mixing tires could cause you The original equipment tires installed have an all-season tread design, to lose control while driving. on your vehicle, when it was new, the TPC Spec number will be If you mix tires of different were designed to meet General followed by an MS for mud and sizes, brands, or types Motors Tire Performance Criteria snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on (radial and bias-belted tires), Specification (TPC Spec) system page 9-40 for additional information. the vehicle may not handle rating. If you need replacement properly, and you could tires, GM strongly recommends GM recommends replacing tires have a crash. Using tires that you get tires with the same in sets of four. This is because of different sizes, brands, TPC Spec rating. This way, uniform tread depth on all tires will or types may also cause your vehicle will continue to have help keep your vehicle performing damage to the vehicle. tires that are designed to give most like it did when the tires were Be sure to use the correct the same performance and vehicle new. Replacing less than a full size, brand, and type of tires safety, during normal use, as set of tires can affect the braking on all wheels. It is all right the original tires. and handling performance of to drive with the compact your vehicle. See Tire Inspection GM’s exclusive TPC Spec system spare temporarily, as it was and Rotation on page 9-51 for developed for use on the considers over a dozen critical information on proper tire rotation. specifications that impact the vehicle. See Compact Spare overall performance of your vehicle, Tire on page 9-67. including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, Vehicle Service and Care 9-55

level you would get with TPC Spec { CAUTION rated tires. See Tire Pressure { CAUTION Monitor System on page 9-48. If you use bias-ply tires on If you add different sized the vehicle, the wheel rim Your vehicle’s original equipment wheels, your vehicle may not flanges could develop cracks tires are listed on the Tire and provide an acceptable level of after many miles of driving. Loading Information Label. See performance and safety if tires Loading the Vehicle on page 8-30, A tire and/or wheel could fail not recommended for those for more information about the suddenly, causing a crash. wheels are selected. You may Tire and Loading Information Label Use only radial-ply tires with increase the chance that you and its location on your vehicle. the wheels on the vehicle. will crash and suffer serious Different Size Tires injury. Only use Saturn specific If you must replace your vehicle’s wheel and tire systems tires with those that do not have and Wheels developed for your vehicle, and a TPC Spec number, make sure If you add wheels or tires that are have them properly installed by they are the same size, load range, a different size than your original a Saturn certified technician. speed rating, and construction type equipment wheels and tires, (radial and bias-belted tires) as this may affect the way your vehicle See Buying New Tires on page 9-54 your vehicle’s original tires. performs, including its braking, and Accessories and Modifications Vehicles that have a tire pressure ride and handling characteristics, on page 9-3 for additional monitoring system could give stability, and resistance to rollover. information. an inaccurate low-pressure warning Additionally, if your vehicle has if non-TPC Spec rated tires are electronic systems such as, anti-lock installed on your vehicle. Non-TPC brakes, traction control, and Spec rated tires may give a stability control, the performance of low-pressure warning that is higher these systems can be affected. or lower than the proper warning 9-56 Vehicle Service and Care

Uniform Tire Quality on the sidewalls of most Treadwear Grading passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the Quality grades can be found system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, wear rate of the tire when tested where applicable on the tire under controlled conditions on sidewall between tread shoulder space-saver, or temporary use spare tires, tires with a speciﬁed government test and maximum section width. course. For example, a tire For example: nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or graded 150 would wear one and Treadwear 200 Traction AA to some limited-production tires. a half (1.5) times as well on the Temperature A government course as a tire While the tires available on graded 100. The relative The following information relates General Motors passenger cars performance of tires depends to the system developed by and light trucks may vary upon the actual conditions of the United States National with respect to these grades, their use, however, and may Highway Traffic Safety they must also conform to depart signiﬁcantly from the Administration (NHTSA), which federal safety requirements and norm due to variations in grades tires by treadwear, additional General Motors driving habits, service practices, traction, and temperature Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) and differences in road performance. This applies only standards. characteristics and climate. to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded Vehicle Service and Care 9-57

Traction – AA, A, B, C Temperature – A, B, C Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A The traction grades, from highest The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, represent higher levels of to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. performance on the laboratory Those grades represent the representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and test wheel than the minimum tire’s ability to stop on wet required by law. pavement as measured under its ability to dissipate heat controlled conditions on when tested under controlled specified government test conditions on a specified indoor { WARNING surfaces of asphalt and laboratory test wheel. Sustained concrete. A tire marked C may high temperature can cause The temperature grade have poor traction performance. the material of the tire to for this tire is established degenerate and reduce tire life, for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. { WARNING and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Excessive speed, The traction grade assigned The grade C corresponds to underinflation, or excessive to this tire is based on a level of performance which loading, either separately or straight-ahead braking all passenger car tires must in combination, can cause traction tests, and does not meet under the Federal Motor heat buildup and possible include acceleration, tire failure. cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 9-58 Vehicle Service and Care

Wheel Alignment and Wheel Replacement If you need to replace any of the wheels or wheel bolts, replace Tire Balance Replace any wheel that is bent, them only with new GM original The tires and wheels on your cracked or badly rusted or corroded. equipment parts. This way, you will vehicle were aligned and balanced If the wheel bolts keep coming be sure to have the right wheel carefully at the factory to give loose, the wheel and wheel bolts and wheel bolts for the vehicle. you the longest tire life and best should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it (except some overall performance. Adjustments to { CAUTION wheel alignment and tire balancing aluminum wheels, which can will not be necessary on a regular sometimes be repaired). See your dealer/retailer if any of these Using the wrong replacement basis. However, if you notice wheels or wheel bolts on your unusual tire wear or your vehicle conditions exist. vehicle can be dangerous. pulling to one side or the other, Your dealer/retailer will know the It could affect the braking and the alignment might need to kind of wheel you need. be checked. If you notice your handling of the vehicle, make vehicle vibrating when driving on a Each new wheel should have the the tires lose air and make you smooth road, the tires and wheels same load-carrying capacity, lose control of the vehicle. You might need to be rebalanced. diameter, width, offset and be could have a collision in which See your dealer/retailer for proper mounted the same way as the one you or others could be injured. diagnosis. it replaces. Always use the correct wheel and wheel bolts for replacement. Vehicle Service and Care 9-59

Notice: The wrong wheel can Tire Chains also cause problems with bearing CAUTION (Continued) life, brake cooling, speedometer { or odometer calibration, CAUTION Use another type of traction headlamp aim, bumper height, device only if its manufacturer vehicle ground clearance, and tire Do not use tire chains. There is recommends it for use on or tire chain clearance to the not enough clearance. Tire the vehicle and tire size body and chassis. chains used on a vehicle combination and road without the proper amount of conditions. Follow that See Changing a Flat Tire on clearance can cause damage to manufacturer’s instructions. page 9-60 for more information. the brakes, suspension or To help avoid damage to the Used Replacement Wheels other vehicle parts. The area vehicle, drive slowly, readjust damaged by the tire chains or remove the device if it is could cause you to lose control { CAUTION contacting the vehicle, and do of the vehicle and you or others not spin the vehicle’s wheels. may be injured in a crash. Putting a used wheel on the If you do ﬁnd traction devices vehicle is dangerous. You (Continued) that will ﬁt, install them on the cannot know how it has been front tires. used or how far it has been driven. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. If you have to replace a wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel. 9-60 Vehicle Service and Care

Tire Changing way you want the vehicle to go. Changing a Flat Tire It may be very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire If a Tire Goes Flat a stop, well off the road if possible. and wheel damage by driving slowly It is unusual for a tire to blowout to a level place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. while you are driving, especially if { CAUTION you maintain your vehicle’s tires properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is Lifting a vehicle and getting { CAUTION much more likely to leak out slowly. under it to do maintenance or But if you should ever have a repairs is dangerous without the Changing a tire can be blowout, here are a few tips about appropriate safety equipment dangerous. The vehicle can slip what to expect and what to do: and training. The jack provided off the jack and roll over or fall If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates with your vehicle is designed on you or other people. You and a drag that pulls the vehicle toward only for changing a flat tire. If it they could be badly injured or that side. Take your foot off the is used for anything else, you or even killed. Find a level place accelerator pedal and grip the others could be badly injured or to change your tire. To help steering wheel firmly. Steer to killed if the vehicle slips off the prevent the vehicle from maintain lane position, and then jack. Use the jack provided with moving: gently brake to a stop well out of the your vehicle only for changing a 1. Set the parking brake traffic lane. flat tire. firmly. A rear blowout, particularly on a 2. Put an automatic curve, acts much like a skid and If a tire goes flat, the next part transmission shift lever in may require the same correction you shows how to use the jacking P (Park), or shift a manual would use in a skid. In any rear equipment to change a flat tire transmission to 1 (First) or blowout remove your foot from the safely. R (Reverse). accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by steering the (Continued) Vehicle Service and Care 9-61

Removing the Spare Tire CAUTION (Continued) and Tools 3. Turn off the engine and The equipment you will need is do not restart while the located in the rear storage area. vehicle is raised. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate on 4. Do not allow passengers to page 2-6. remain in the vehicle. To be certain the vehicle will not move, put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. That would be 3. Remove the foam pad. Turn the the tire on the other side, at the retainer counterclockwise to opposite end of the vehicle. remove it. 4. Remove the spare tire by pulling it up and out of the trunk.

2. Lift the ﬂoor cover to access the spare tire and tools.

When you have a ﬂat tire, place the wheel block at the tire diagonally across from the ﬂat tire. 9-62 Vehicle Service and Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. If your vehicle has wheel covers, remove the cover. Do not try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare tire. It will not fit. Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit 5. The jack and tools are stored on your vehicle’s compact spare. 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen below the spare tire. If you try to put a wheel cover on all the wheel bolts. Do not 6. The tools you will be using the compact spare, the cover or remove them yet. include the jack (A), wheel the spare could be damaged. wrench (B) and jack handle (C). 2. If your vehicle has wheel bolt caps, remove the caps. Store the caps with the wheel cover. Vehicle Service and Care 9-63

{ CAUTION

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ CAUTION Notice: Make sure that the 4. Position the jack lift head at the jack lift head is in the correct jack location nearest the ﬂat Raising your vehicle with the position or you may damage your tire. The location is indicated by jack improperly positioned can vehicle. The repairs would not a mark on the bottom edge damage the vehicle and even be covered by your warranty. of the vehicle. make the vehicle fall. To help 5. Put the compact spare tire avoid personal injury and near you. vehicle damage, be sure to ﬁt the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. 9-64 Vehicle Service and Care

{ CAUTION

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel bolts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you 6. Raise the vehicle by turning the can use a cloth or a paper 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the jack handle clockwise. Raise the towel to do this; but be sure to wheel bolts, mounting surfaces vehicle far enough off the use a scraper or wire brush and spare wheel. ground so there is enough room later, if needed, to get all the Installing wheels with a good for the compact spare tire to rust or dirt off. See Changing a metal-to-metal contact at ﬁt under the vehicle. Flat Tire on page 9-60. the mounting surface is 7. Remove all of the wheel bolts. necessary to prevent the wheel bolts from becoming loose. To prevent corrosion or rust build-up, apply a light coat of wheel bearing grease to the wheel hub center and to the cone-shaped surface of each wheel bolt at every wheel change. Vehicle Service and Care 9-65

9. Place the compact spare tire on 12. Tighten the wheel bolts firmly the wheel-mounting surface. in a crisscross sequence, CAUTION (Continued) as shown. replace them, be sure to get new original equipment wheel bolts. Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the bolts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 10-2 for wheel bolt torque specification.

Notice: Improperly tightened 10. Reinstall the wheel bolts with wheel bolts can lead to brake the rounded end of the bolts pulsation and rotor damage. toward the wheel. Tighten each { CAUTION To avoid expensive brake repairs, bolt by hand until the wheel evenly tighten the wheel bolts is held against the hub. Incorrect or improperly in the proper sequence and to 11. Lower the vehicle by turning the tightened wheel bolts can the proper torque specification. jack handle counterclockwise. cause the wheel to come loose See Capacities and Specifications Lower the jack completely. and even come off. This could on page 10-2 for the wheel bolt lead to a crash. If you have to torque specification. (Continued) 9-66 Vehicle Service and Care

Storing a Flat or Spare To store a ﬂat or spare tire and Tire and Tools tools, do the following:

{ CAUTION

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 2. Place the ﬂat tire face down into the spare tire hub. A. Jack 3. Turn spare tire hold-down bolt by B. Wheel Wrench turning clockwise. Return the foam pad to its original position. C. Jack Handle

1. Replace the jack and tools as shown. Vehicle Service and Care 9-67

Compact Spare Tire Notice: When the compact spare is installed, do not take Although the compact spare tire your vehicle through an was fully inflated when the vehicle automatic car wash with guide was new, it can lose air after rails. The compact spare can get a time. Check the inflation caught on the rails. That can pressure regularly. It should be damage the tire and wheel, and 60 psi (420 kPa). maybe other parts of your vehicle. After installing the compact spare Do not use the compact spare on on the vehicle, stop as soon other vehicles. as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated. And do not mix the compact spare The compact spare is made to tire or wheel with other wheels 4. Put the load floor back in place. perform well at speeds up to or tires. They will not fit. Keep the The compact spare tire is for 50 mph (80 km/h) for distances spare tire and its wheel together. temporary use only. Replace the up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you Notice: Tire chains will not compact spare with a full-size tire can finish your trip and have the fit your compact spare. Using as soon as possible. full-size tire repaired or replaced at them can damage your vehicle your convenience. Of course, it and can damage the chains is best to replace the spare with a too. Do not use tire chains on full-size tire as soon as possible. your compact spare. The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again. 9-68 Vehicle Service and Care

Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps To avoid the possibility of the could result in costly damage to vehicles rolling, set the parking If your battery has run down, try to your vehicle that would not brake ﬁrmly on both vehicles use another vehicle and some be covered by your warranty. involved in the jump start jumper cables to start your vehicle. Trying to start your vehicle by procedure. Put an automatic Be sure to use the following steps pushing or pulling it will not work, transmission in PARK (P) to do it safely. and it could damage your vehicle. or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting { 1. Check the other vehicle. It must the parking brake. CAUTION have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. Notice: If you leave your radio or Batteries can hurt you. They other accessories on during the can be dangerous because: Notice: If the other vehicle’s jump starting procedure, they • They contain acid that can system is not a 12-volt system could be damaged. The repairs burn you. with a negative ground, both would not be covered by your • They contain gas that can vehicles can be damaged. Only warranty. Always turn off your explode or ignite. use vehicles with 12-volt systems radio and other accessories when with negative grounds to jump They contain enough jump starting your vehicle. • start your vehicle. electricity to burn you. 3. Turn off the ignition on both 2. Get the vehicles close enough If you do not follow these steps vehicles. Unplug unnecessary so the jumper cables can accessories plugged into the exactly, some or all of these reach, but be sure the vehicles things can hurt you. cigarette lighter or the accessory are not touching each other. power outlet. Turn off the radio If they are, it could cause and all lamps that are not needed. a ground connection you do not This will avoid sparks and help want. You would not be able save both batteries. And it could to start your vehicle, and the bad save the radio! grounding could damage the electrical systems. Vehicle Service and Care 9-69

4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find the positive (+) { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) and negative (−) terminal locations on each vehicle. Your Using a match near a battery Battery fluid contains acid that vehicle’s positive (+) terminal can cause battery gas to can burn you. Do not get it on is identified by “+” sign on battery explode. People have been hurt you. If you accidentally get it in case or terminal. Engine doing this, and some have been your eyes or on your skin, flush Compartment Overview on blinded. Use a flashlight if you the place with water and get page 9-6. need more light. medical help immediately. Be sure the battery has enough { CAUTION water. You do not need to add water to the battery installed in { CAUTION An electric fan can start up your new vehicle. But if a even when the engine is not battery has filler caps, be sure Fans or other moving engine running and can injure you. the right amount of fluid is parts can injure you badly. Keep hands, clothing and tools there. If it is low, add water to Keep your hands away from away from any underhood take care of that first. If you moving parts once the engine electric fan. don’t, explosive gas could be is running. present. (Continued) 9-70 Vehicle Service and Care

5. Check that the jumper cables do 6. Connect the red positive (+) not have loose or missing cable to the positive (+) terminal insulation. If they do, you could of the dead battery. Use a get a shock. The vehicles remote positive (+) terminal if could be damaged too. the vehicle has one. Before you connect the cables, 7. Do not let the other end touch here are some things you to metal. Connect it to the know. Positive (+) will go positive (+) terminal of the good to positive (+) or to a remote battery. Use a remote positive (+) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle terminal if the vehicle has one. has one. Negative (−) will go 8. Now connect the black to the engine lift hook. negative (−) cable to the Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) terminal of the 9. Connect the other end of the − negative ( ) or you will get good battery. Use a remote negative (−) cable at least a short that would damage the negative (−) terminal if the vehicle 18 inches (45 cm) away from battery and maybe other parts has one. the dead battery, but not too. And do not connect the Do not let the other end touch near engine parts that move. negative (−) cable to the anything until the next step. Connect it to the engine lift hook. negative (−) terminal on the The other end of the negative (−) You may need to scrape the dead battery because this can cable does not go to the dead surface with your jumper cable cause sparks. battery. to obtain a proper ground. The electrical connection is just as good there, and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less. Vehicle Service and Care 9-71

10. Now start the vehicle with the To disconnect the jumper cables good battery and run the from both vehicles, do the following: engine for a while. 1. Disconnect the black negative (−) 11. Try to start the vehicle that had cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not the dead battery. start after a few tries, it probably 2. Disconnect the black negative (−) needs service. cable from the vehicle with the Notice: If the jumper cables are good battery. connected or removed in the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) wrong order, electrical shorting cable from the vehicle with the may occur and damage the good battery. vehicle. The repairs would not Jumper Cable Removal be covered by your warranty. 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the other vehicle. Always connect and remove the A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine jumper cables in the correct Part or Remote Negative (–) 5. Return the caps over the order, making sure that the cables Terminal positive (+) and negative (–) do not touch each other or terminals to their original other metal. B. Good Battery or Remote positions. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (–) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal 9-72 Vehicle Service and Care

Towing Recreational Vehicle Appearance Care Towing Towing Your Vehicle Notice: Dolly towing or dinghy Interior Cleaning The vehicle was neither designed towing your vehicle may Your vehicle’s interior will continue nor intended to be towed with any of cause damage because of to look its best if it is cleaned its wheels on the ground. reduced ground clearance. often. Although not always visible, Always put your vehicle on a dust and dirt can accumulate Consult your dealer/retailer or a ﬂatbed trailer. on your upholstery. Dirt can damage professional towing service if carpet, fabric, leather, and plastic the disabled vehicle needs to be The vehicle was neither designed surfaces. Regular vacuuming towed. See Roadside Assistance nor intended to be towed with any is recommended to remove particles Program on page 11-5. of its wheels on the ground. from the upholstery. It is important Notice: Dolly towing or dinghy to keep your upholstery from towing your vehicle may Towing a Trailer becoming and remaining heavily cause damage because of The vehicle is neither designed nor soiled. Soils should be removed as reduced ground clearance. intended to tow a trailer. quickly as possible. Your vehicle’s Always put your vehicle on a interior may experience extremes of ﬂatbed truck. heat that could cause stains to set rapidly. Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning. Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle’s interior. Vehicle Service and Care 9-73

When cleaning your vehicle’s Before using cleaners, read and • Never apply heavy pressure or interior, only use cleaners adhere to all safety instructions on rub aggressively with a cleaning speciﬁcally designed for the the label. While cleaning your cloth. Use of heavy pressure surfaces being cleaned. Permanent vehicle’s interior, maintain adequate can damage the interior and does damage may result from using ventilation by opening your not improve the effectiveness cleaners on surfaces for which they vehicle’s doors and windows. of soil removal. were not intended. Use glass Dust may be removed from small • Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. cleaner only on glass. Remove any buttons and knobs using a small Avoid laundry detergents or accidental over-spray from other brush with soft bristles. dishwashing soaps with surfaces immediately. To prevent degreasers. Using too much over-spray, apply cleaner directly to Your dealer/retailer has a product soap will leave a residue the cleaning cloth. for cleaning your vehicle’s glass. that leaves streaks and attracts You can also obtain a product from dirt. For liquid cleaners, about Notice: If you use abrasive your dealer/retailer to remove 20 drops per gallon (3.78 L) cleaners when cleaning glass odors from your vehicle’s upholstery. surfaces on your vehicle, you of water is a good guide. could scratch the glass and/or Do not clean your vehicle using • Do not heavily saturate the cause damage to the rear window the following cleaners or techniques: upholstery while cleaning. defogger. When cleaning the glass • Never use a knife or any other • Damage to your vehicle’s interior on your vehicle, use only a soft sharp object to remove a soil cloth and glass cleaner. may result from the use of from any interior surface. many organic solvents such as Many cleaners contain solvents • Never use a stiff brush. It can naptha, alcohol, etc. that may become concentrated in cause damage to your vehicle’s your vehicle’s breathing space. interior surfaces. 9-74 Vehicle Service and Care

Fabric/Carpet To clean, use the following test a small hidden area for instructions: colorfastness first. If the locally Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft cleaned area gives any impression brush attachment frequently to 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white that a ring formation may result, remove dust and loose dirt. cloth with water or club soda. clean the entire surface. A canister vacuum with a beater bar 2. Wring the cloth to remove excess in the nozzle may only be used moisture. After the cleaning process has been on floor carpet and carpeted floor 3. Start on the outside edge of the completed, a paper towel can be mats. For soils, always try to remove soil and gently rub toward the used to blot excess moisture them first with plain water or club center. Continue cleaning, using from the fabric or carpet. soda. Before cleaning, gently a clean area of the cloth each Leather remove as much of the soil as time it becomes soiled. possible using one of the following A soft cloth dampened with water 4. Continue to gently rub the soiled techniques: can be used to remove dust. area until the cleaning cloth If a more thorough cleaning is • For liquids: gently blot the remains clean. remaining soil with a paper towel. necessary, a soft cloth dampened Allow the soil to absorb into 5. If the soil is not completely with a mild soap solution can be the paper towel until no more removed, use a mild soap used. Allow the leather to dry can be removed. solution and repeat the cleaning naturally. Do not use heat to dry. process that was used with Never use steam to clean leather. • For solid dry soils: remove as plain water. Never use spot lifters or spot much as possible and then removers on leather. Many vacuum. If any of the soil remains, a commercial fabric cleaner or commercial leather cleaners and spot lifter may be necessary. coatings that are sold to preserve When a commercial upholstery and protect leather may permanently cleaner or spot lifter is to be used, Vehicle Service and Care 9-75 change the appearance and feel Many commercial cleaners and Exterior Cleaning of your leather and are not coatings that are sold to preserve recommended. Do not use silicone and protect soft plastic surfaces may Cleaning Exterior or wax-based products, or those permanently change the appearance Lamps/Lenses containing organic solvents to clean and feel of your interior and are Use only lukewarm or cold water, your vehicle’s interior because they not recommended. Do not use a soft cloth and a car washing soap can alter the appearance by silicone or wax-based products, or to clean exterior lamps and lenses. increasing the gloss in a non-uniform those containing organic solvents to Follow instructions under “Washing manner. Never use shoe polish on clean your vehicle’s interior Your Vehicle” later in this section. leather. because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss Finish Care Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and in a non-uniform manner. Other Plastic Surfaces Occasional waxing or mild polishing Some commercial products may of your vehicle by hand may be A soft cloth dampened with water increase gloss on your instrument necessary to remove residue from may be used to remove dust. panel. The increase in gloss the paint finish. You can get If a more thorough cleaning is may cause annoying reflections in approved cleaning products from necessary, a clean soft cloth the windshield and even make your dealer/retailer. See Vehicle dampened with a mild soap solution it difficult to see through the Care/Appearance Materials can be used to gently remove windshield under certain conditions. on page 9-80. dust and dirt. Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces. 9-76 Vehicle Service and Care

If your vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are Washing Your Vehicle clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and The best way to preserve your gives more depth and gloss to chemical fallout that can take their vehicle’s finish is to keep it clean by the colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. You washing it often. waxes and polishes that are can help to keep the paint finish non-abrasive and made for a looking new by keeping your vehicle Do not wash the vehicle in direct basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. garaged or covered whenever sunlight. Use a car washing soap. possible. Notice: Machine compounding Notice: Certain cleaners contain or aggressive polishing on a Protecting Exterior Bright chemicals that can damage the basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Metal Parts emblems or nameplates on your may damage it. Use only Bright metal parts should be vehicle. Check the cleaning non-abrasive waxes and polishes cleaned regularly to keep their product label. If it states that it that are made for a basecoat/ luster. Wash with water or should not be used on plastic clearcoat paint finish on your use chrome polish on chrome or parts, do not use it on your vehicle vehicle. stainless steel trim, if necessary. or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty. Foreign materials such as calcium Use special care with aluminum trim. chloride and other salts, ice To avoid damaging protective Do not use cleaning agents that are melting agents, road oil and tar, trim, never use auto or chrome petroleum based or that contain tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals polish, steam or caustic soap acid or abrasives, as they can from industrial chimneys, etc., to clean aluminum. A coating of damage the paint, metal or plastic can damage your vehicle’s finish if wax, rubbed to high polish, is on your vehicle. Approved cleaning they remain on painted surfaces. recommended for all bright products can be obtained from Wash the vehicle as soon as metal parts. your dealer/retailer. See Vehicle possible. If necessary, use Care/Appearance Materials on non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Vehicle Service and Care 9-77 page 9-80. Follow all manufacturers’ Weatherstrips magnesium, calcium or sodium directions regarding correct chloride. These chlorides are Silicone grease on weatherstrips will product usage, necessary safety used on roads for conditions make them last longer, seal better, precautions and appropriate such as ice and dust. Always and not stick or squeak. Apply disposal of any vehicle care product. wash your vehicle’s chrome with silicone grease with a clean cloth. soap and water after exposure. Rinse the vehicle well, before During very cold, damp weather washing and after to remove all frequent application may be required. Notice: If you use strong soaps, cleaning agents completely. If they See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the chemicals, abrasive polishes, are allowed to dry on the surface, Index of the “Maintenance and cleaners, brushes, or cleaners they could stain. Warranty and Owner assistance that contain acid on aluminum or Information” manual. Dry the finish with a soft, clean chrome-plated wheels, you chamois or an all-cotton towel to could damage the surface of the Wheels and Trim — Aluminum wheel(s). The repairs would avoid surface scratches and or Chrome water spotting. not be covered by your warranty. Your vehicle may have either Use only approved cleaners on High pressure car washes may aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. aluminum or chrome-plated cause water to enter the vehicle. wheels. Avoid using high pressure washes Keep the wheels clean using a soft closer than 12 inches (30 cm) clean cloth with mild soap and water. The surface of these wheels is to the surface of the vehicle. Rinse with clean water. After rinsing similar to the painted surface of your Use of power washers exceeding thoroughly, dry with a soft clean vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, 1,200 psi (8 274 kPa) can result towel. A wax may then be applied. chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners, cleaners with in damage or removal of paint Notice: Chrome wheels and acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes and decals. other chrome trim may be on them because you could damage damaged if you do not wash your the surface. Do not use chrome vehicle after driving on roads polish on aluminum wheels. that have been sprayed with 9-78 Vehicle Service and Care

Notice: Using chrome polish on Windshield and Wiper Blades Tires aluminum wheels could damage Clean the outside of the windshield To clean the tires, use a stiff brush the wheels. The repairs would not with glass cleaner. with tire cleaner. be covered by your warranty. Use chrome polish on chrome Clean the rubber blades using a lint Notice: Using petroleum-based wheels only. free cloth or paper towel soaked tire dressing products on your with windshield washer ﬂuid or Use chrome polish only on vehicle may damage the paint a mild detergent. Wash the chrome-plated wheels, but avoid ﬁnish and/or tires. When applying windshield thoroughly when cleaning any painted surface of the wheel, a tire dressing, always wipe off the blades. Bugs, road grime, and buff off immediately after any overspray from all painted sap, and a buildup of vehicle application. surfaces on your vehicle. wash/wax treatments may cause Notice: If you drive your vehicle wiper streaking. Replace the Sheet Metal Damage through an automatic car wash wiper blades if they are worn or that has silicone carbide tire damaged. If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or cleaning brushes, you could Wipers can be damaged by: damage the aluminum or replacement, make sure the body chrome-plated wheels. The repairs • Extreme dusty conditions repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced would not be covered by your • Sand and salt warranty. Never drive a vehicle to restore corrosion protection. • Heat and sun equipped with aluminum or Original manufacturer replacement chrome-plated wheels through an • Snow and ice, without proper parts will provide the corrosion automatic car wash that uses removal protection while maintaining silicone carbide tire cleaning the vehicle warranty. brushes. Vehicle Service and Care 9-79

Finish Damage Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting Any stone chips, fractures or deep Chemicals used for ice and snow Some weather and atmospheric scratches in the finish should be removal and dust control can collect conditions can create a chemical repaired right away. Bare metal will on the underbody. If these are not fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall corrode quickly and may develop removed, corrosion and rust can upon and attack painted surfaces on into major repair expense. develop on the underbody parts such the vehicle. This damage can take as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped Minor chips and scratches can be exhaust system even though they discolorations, and small, irregular repaired with touch-up materials have corrosion protection. dark spots etched into the paint available from your dealer/retailer. surface. Larger areas of finish damage At least every spring, flush these can be corrected in your dealer’s/ materials from the underbody Although no defect in the paint job retailer’s body and paint shop. with plain water. Clean any areas causes this, we will repair, at no where mud and debris can collect. charge to the owner, the surfaces of Dirt packed in close areas of new vehicles damaged by this the frame should be loosened before fallout condition within 12 months being flushed. Your dealer/retailer or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of or an underbody car washing purchase, whichever occurs first. system can do this for you. 9-80 Vehicle Service and Care

Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials

Description Usage Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior polishing cloth. Tar and Road Oil Remover Removes tar, road oil, and asphalt. Chrome Cleaner and Polish Use on chrome or stainless steel. White Sidewall Tire Cleaner Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls and raised white lettering. Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl. Glass Cleaner Removes dirt, grime, smoke and fingerprints. Chrome Wheel Cleaner Removes dirt and grime from chrome wheels. Finish Enhancer Removes dust, fingerprints, and surface contaminants. Spray on and wipe off. Swirl Remover Polish Removes swirl marks, fine scratches, and other light surface contamination. Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and protects finish. Vehicle Service and Care 9-81

Description Usage Foaming Tire Shine Low Gloss Cleans, shines, and protects tires. No wiping necessary. Wash Wax Concentrate Medium foaming shampoo. Cleans and lightly waxes. Biodegradable and phosphate free. Spot Lifter Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets, vinyl, and cloth upholstery. Odor Eliminator Odorless spray odor eliminator used on fabrics, vinyl, leather and carpet. 9-82 Vehicle Service and Care

✍ NOTES Technical Data 10-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code helps Number (VIN) identify the vehicle’s engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications” Number (VIN) ...... 10-1 under Capacities and Specifications Service Parts on page 10-2 for your vehicle’s Identification Label ...... 10-1 engine code. Capacities and Service Parts Specifications Identification Label Capacities and This is the legal identifier for your Specifications ...... 10-2 vehicle. It appears on a plate in the This label is on the trunk floor. front corner of the instrument panel, It is very helpful if you ever need on the driver side. It can be seen to order parts. The label has through the windshield from outside the following information: the vehicle. The VIN also appears on • Vehicle Identification the Vehicle Certification and Service Number (VIN) Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration. • Model designation • Paint information • Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle. 10-2 Technical Data

Capacities and Speciﬁcations The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the index of the “Limited Warranty, Maintenance and Owner Assistance Information” manual.

Capacities Application English Metric Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood. See your dealer/retailer for more information. Cooling System Automatic Transmission 6.2 qt 5.9 L Manual Transmission 7.3 qt 6.9 L Engine Oil with Filter 4.8 qt 4.5 L Fuel Tank 11.9 gal 45.0 L Transmission Fluid Automatic Transmission 4.2 qt 4.0 L Manual Transmission 1.6 qt 1.5 L Wheel Bolt Torque 81 lb ft 110 Y All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to ﬁll to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Technical Data 10-3

Engine Speciﬁcations Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Automatic 1.8L L4 1 0.035 in (0.90 mm) Manual 10-4 Technical Data

✍ NOTES Customer Information 11-1

Customer Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Information to the United States Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 11-13 Reporting Safety Defects Procedure to the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Information Government ...... 11-14 important to your retailer and to Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects Saturn. Together we are committed Procedure ...... 11-1 to Saturn ...... 11-14 to providing our customers with Online Owner Center ...... 11-4 Service Publications unparalleled service, before, during, Customer Assistance for Ordering Information ...... 11-14 and after the purchase of a Text Telephone (TTY) Saturn vehicle, for total customer Users ...... 11-4 Vehicle Data Recording satisfaction. We call this the Saturn Customer Assistance and Privacy Difference. Normally, any concerns Offices ...... 11-5 Vehicle Data Recording with the sales transaction or the GM Mobility and Privacy ...... 11-15 operation of the vehicle are resolved Event Data Recorders .....11-16 by the retailer’s sales or service Reimbursement ® Program ...... 11-5 OnStar ...... 11-17 departments. If, for any reason, your Roadside Assistance Navigation System ...... 11-17 ownership experience falls below Program ...... 11-5 Radio Frequency your expectations, we suggest Scheduling Service Identiﬁcation (RFID) ...... 11-17 you take the following action: ...... 11-8 Appointments STEP ONE: Contact the Retail ....11-8 Courtesy Transportation Customer Assistance Liaison. Any Collision Damage member of the retail management ...... 11-10 Repair team has the authority and the desire to resolve your concerns. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at this level. 11-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: Should you need • The name of your selling and The BBB Auto Line Program is an additional assistance, in the U.S., servicing retail facility. out-of-court program administered contact the Saturn Customer by the Council of Better Business • Vehicle delivery date and present Assistance Center by calling Bureaus to settle automotive mileage. 1-800-553-6000. In Canada, call the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Saturn Customer Communication • Your daytime and evening phone the interpretation of the New Vehicle Centre at 1-800-263-1999. A Saturn numbers. Limited Warranty. This program is Customer Assistance Center team When contacting Saturn, please available at no cost to you, our member will handle your call and remember that your concern customer. assist in providing product and will likely be resolved at a retailer’s warranty information, the nearest Although you may be required to facility. That is why we suggest resort to this informal dispute retailer location, roadside assistance, you follow Step One first. brochures, literature and discuss any resolution program prior to filing a concerns you may have. STEP THREE (U.S. Owners): court action, use of the program is Both Saturn and its retailers are free of charge and your case is We encourage you to call the toll-free committed to making sure you are generally heard within 40 days. If you number in order to give your inquiry completely satisfied with your Saturn do not agree with the decision given prompt attention. Please have the vehicle. However, if you continue to in your case, you can reject it and following information available to remain unsatisfied after following the proceed with any other venue for give the Customer Assistance procedure outlined in Steps One and relief available to you. Representative: Two, Saturn and its retailers offer • Vehicle Identification Number the additional assistance of a (VIN). This 17-digit number neutral party through our voluntary can be found on the vehicle participation in a mediation/ registration or title, on the arbitration program called Better upper driver side corner of the Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line. instrument panel, or on your roadside assistance key card. Customer Information 11-3

Contact the BBB Auto Line Program STEP THREE (Canadian Owners): For further information concerning by using the toll-free telephone eligibility in the Canadian Motor number or by writing them at the General Motors Participation in Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), following address: the Mediation/Arbitration Program call toll-free 1-800-207-0685. BBB Auto Line Program In the event that you do not feel Alternatively, you may call the Council of Better Business your concerns have been addressed Saturn Customer Communication Bureaus, Inc. after following the procedure outlined Centre, 1-800-263-1999, or you 4200 Wilson Boulevard in Steps 1 and 2, General Motors of may write to: Suite 800 Canada Limited has committed to Mediation/Arbitration Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 binding arbitration of owner disputes c/o Customer Communication involving factory-related vehicle Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Centre service claims. The program dr.bbb.org/goauto General Motors of Canada Limited provides for the review of the facts Mail Code: CA1-163-005 This program is available in involved by an impartial third party 1908 Colonel Sam Drive all 50 states and the District of arbiter, and may include an informal Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Columbia. Eligibility is limited by hearing before the arbiter. The Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 vehicle age, mileage and other program is designed so that the factors. Saturn Corporation reserves entire dispute settlement process, Your inquiry should be accompanied the right to change eligibility from the time you file your complaint by the Vehicle Identification limitations and/or discontinue its to the final decision, should be Number (VIN). participation in this program. completed in approximately 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. 11-4 Customer Information

Online Owner Center My GM Canada (Canada only) Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) (United States only) My GM Canada is a password-protected section of Users This is a resource for your Saturn gmcanada.com where you can save ownership needs. Specific vehicle information on GM vehicles, get To assist owners who have hearing information can be found in one personalized offers, and use handy difficulties, Saturn has installed place. tools and forms with greater ease. special TDD (Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf) equipment in The Online Owner Center allows Here are a few of the valuable tools its Saturn Customer Assistance you to: and services you will have access to: Center. • Get e-mail service reminders. − My Showroom: Find and save Any hearing or speech-impaired • Access information about information on vehicles and customer who has access to a TDD your specific vehicle, including current offers in your area. or to a conventional Text Telephone tips and videos and an electronic − My Dealers/Retailers: Save details (TTY) can communicate with version of this owner manual. such as address and phone Saturn by dialing 1-800-TDD-6000. number for each of your preferred • Keep track of your vehicle’s TTY users in Canada may dial GM Dealers or Retailers. service history and maintenance 1-800-263-3830. schedule. − My Driveway: Receive service reminders and helpful advice on • Find Saturn retailers for service owning and maintaining your nationwide. vehicle. • Receive special promotions and − My Preferences: Manage your privileges only available to profile, subscribe to E-News members. and use tools and forms with Refer to saturn.com on the web for greater ease. updated information and to To sign up, visit the My GM Canada register your vehicle. section within gmcanada.com. Customer Information 11-5

Customer Assistance gmcanada.com For more details, or to determine 1-800-263-1999 your vehicle’s eligibility, visit Offices 1-800-263-3830 (For Text your Saturn retailer or call the Saturn encourages customers Telephone devices (TTYs)) Saturn Customer Assistance Center to call the toll-free number for Roadside Assistance: at 1-800-553-6000. Text telephone assistance. If a customer wishes to 1-800-268-6800 (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-6000. write to Saturn, the letter should In Canada, customers may call the be addressed to: GM Mobility Saturn Customer Communication Saturn Customer Assistance Center Reimbursement Program Centre at 1-800-263-1999. 100 Saturn Parkway TTY users in Canada may call Mail Code 371-999-S24 1-800-263-3830. Spring Hill, TN 37174-1500 1-800-553-6000 Roadside Assistance 1-800-833-6000 (For Text Program Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: For vehicles purchased in the 1-800-553-6000 This program, available to qualiﬁed U.S., call 1-800-553-6000; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-800-889-2438). In Canada, write to: applicants, can reimburse you up to $1,000 toward eligible aftermarket Saturn Customer Communication For vehicles purchased in Canada, driver or passenger adaptive call 1-800-268-6800. Centre equipment you may require for General Motors of Canada Ltd. your vehicle such as hand controls, Service is available 24 hours a day, CA1-163-005 wheelchair/scooter lifts, etc. 365 days a year. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 The offer is available for a limited As the owner of a new Saturn period of time from the date of vehicle, you are automatically vehicle purchase/lease. enrolled in the Saturn Roadside Assistance Program. 11-6 Customer Information

Who is Covered? • Lock-Out Service: Lock-out The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the Roadside Assistance coverage is for service is covered at no charge if tire if not covered by a the vehicle operator, regardless of you are unable to gain entry into warrantable failure. ownership. In Canada, a person your vehicle. A remote unlock may be available if you have an Jump Start: A battery jump start driving this vehicle without the ® • consent of the owner is not eligible active OnStar subscription. is covered at no charge if the for coverage. To ensure security, the driver vehicle does not start. must present personal Services Provided identification before lock-out • Trip Routing Service (Canada service is provided. In Canada, Only): Upon request, Roadside The following services are provided the vehicle registration is also Assistance will send you detailed, in the U.S. and Canada up to required. computer personalized maps, 5 years/100,000 miles (160 000 km), highlighting your choice of either whichever comes first, and, in • Emergency Tow From a Public the most direct route or the most Canada only, up to a maximum Roadway or Highway: Tow to scenic route to your destination, of $100. the nearest Saturn retailer for anywhere in North America, along warranty service or in the event • Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough with helpful travel information of a vehicle-disabling crash. pertaining to your trip. fuel for the vehicle to get to Winch-out assistance is provided the nearest service station when the vehicle is mired in sand, Please allow three weeks before (approximately $5 Canada). mud, or snow. your planned departure date. In Canada, service to provide Trip routing requests are limited diesel may be restricted. For • Flat Tire Change: Installation of a to six per calendar year. safety reasons, propane and spare tire in good condition, when other alternative fuels are not equipped and properly inflated, provided through this service. is covered at no charge. Customer Information 11-7

• Trip Interruption Benefits and Once authorization has been owner or driver when, in their sole Assistance (Canada Only): In given, your advisor will help discretion, the claims become the event of a warranty related you make any necessary excessive in frequency or type of vehicle disablement, while en arrangements and explain how occurrence. route and over 250 kilometres to claim for trip interruption from the original point of expense assistance. Calling for Assistance departure, you might qualify • Alternative Service (Canada For prompt and efficient assistance for trip interruption expense Only): There could be times when calling, please provide the assistance. This assistance when Roadside Assistance following to the Roadside Assistance covers reasonable reimbursement cannot provide timely assistance. Representatives: of up to a maximum of $500 Your advisor may authorize • Your name, home address, and (Canadian) for (A) meals you to secure local emergency home telephone number (maximum of $50/day), (B) road service, and you will be lodging (maximum of $100/night), reimbursed up to $100 upon • Telephone number of your and (C) alternate ground submission of the original receipt location transportation (maximum of to Roadside Assistance. • Location of the vehicle $40/day). This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned In many instances, mechanical • Model, year, color, and license expense you may incur while failures may be covered. However, plate number of the vehicle waiting for your vehicle to be any cost for parts and labor for • Odometer reading, Vehicle repaired. non-warranty repairs are the Identification Number (VIN) and responsibility of the driver. Pre-authorization, original delivery date of the vehicle detailed receipts, and a copy of Saturn and General Motors of • Description of the problem the repair order are required. Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an 11-8 Customer Information

Towing and Road Service Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Exclusions Appointments To enhance your ownership Specifically excluded from Roadside When your vehicle requires warranty experience, we and our participating Assistance coverage are towing service, contact your dealer/retailer retailers are proud to offer Courtesy or services for vehicles operated on and request an appointment. By Transportation, a customer support a non-public roadway or highway, scheduling a service appointment program for vehicles with the Bumper fines, impound towing caused and advising your service consultant to Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage by a violation of local, Municipal, of your transportation needs, your period in Canada) and extended State, Provincial or Federal law, and dealer/retailer can help minimize powertrain warranty in both the U.S. mounting, dismounting or changing your inconvenience. and Canada. of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices. If your vehicle cannot be scheduled Several courtesy transportation into the service department options are available to assist Roadside Assistance is not part immediately, keep driving it until in reducing your inconvenience of or included in the coverage it can be scheduled for service, when warranty repairs are required. provided by the New Vehicle Limited unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a Warranty. Saturn and General safety-related. If it is, please call your Motors of Canada Limited reserve part of the New Vehicle Limited dealership/retailer, let them know Warranty. A separate booklet the right to make any changes or this, and ask for instructions. discontinue the Roadside Assistance entitled “Warranty and Owner program at any time without If the dealer/retailer requests you to Assistance Information” furnished notification. bring the vehicle for service, you with each new vehicle provides are urged to do so as early in detailed warranty coverage the work day as possible to allow information. for the same day repair. Customer Information 11-9

Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Reimbursement Warranty service can generally Your retailer may arrange to provide be completed while you wait. If your vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or However, if you are unable to wait, warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle Saturn helps to minimize your transportation is used instead of that you obtain if your vehicle is kept inconvenience by providing several the retailer’s shuttle service, the for an overnight warranty repair. transportation options. Depending on expense must be supported by Rental reimbursement will be limited the circumstances, your retailer can original receipts and can only be up and must be supported by original offer you one of the following: to the maximum amount allowed by receipts. This requires that you sign Saturn for shuttle service. In addition, and complete a rental agreement Shuttle Service for U.S. customers, should you and meet state/provincial, local, and Shuttle service is the preferred arrange transportation through rental vehicle provider requirements. means of offering Courtesy a friend or relative, limited Requirements vary and may include Transportation. Retailers may reimbursement for reasonable minimum age requirements, provide you with shuttle service to fuel expenses may be available. insurance coverage, credit card, get you to your destination with Claim amounts should reﬂect actual etc. You are responsible for fuel minimal interruption of your daily costs and be supported by original usage charges and may also be schedule. This includes one-way or receipts. See your retailer for responsible for taxes, levies, usage round trip shuttle service within information regarding the allowance fees, excessive mileage, or rental reasonable time and distance amounts for reimbursement of fuel usage beyond the completion of the parameters of the retailer’s area. or other transportation costs. repair. It may not be possible to provide a like-vehicle as a courtesy rental. 11-10 Customer Information

Additional Program Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts Information may also be used for repair. These If your vehicle is involved in a parts are typically removed from All program options, such as shuttle collision and it is damaged, have vehicles that were total losses in service, may not be available at the damage repaired by a qualified prior crashes. In most cases, the every retailer. Please contact your technician using the proper parts being recycled are from retailer for specific information equipment and quality replacement undamaged sections of the vehicle. about availability. All Courtesy parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM Transportation arrangements will repairs diminish your vehicle’s resale part, may be an acceptable choice to be administered by appropriate value, and safety performance can maintain your vehicle’s originally retailer personnel. be compromised in subsequent designed appearance and safety Saturn reserves the right to collisions. performance, however, the history of unilaterally modify, change or Collision Parts these parts is not known. Such parts discontinue Courtesy Transportation are not covered by your GM New at any time and to resolve all Genuine GM Collision parts are new Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any questions of claim eligibility pursuant parts made with the same materials related failures are not covered by to the terms and conditions and construction methods as the that warranty. parts with which your vehicle was described herein at its sole Aftermarket collision parts are discretion. originally built. Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure also available. These are made that your vehicle’s designed by companies other than GM and appearance, durability, and safety may not have been tested for are preserved. The use of Genuine your vehicle. As a result, these GM parts can help maintain your parts may fit poorly, exhibit GM New Vehicle Warranty. premature durability/corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions. Customer Information 11-11

Aftermarket parts are not covered Many insurance policies provide If a Crash Occurs by your GM New Vehicle Limited reduced protection to your GM Here is what to do if you are Warranty, and any vehicle failure vehicle by limiting compensation for involved in a crash. related to such parts are not covered damage repairs by using aftermarket by that warranty. collision parts. Some insurance • Check to make sure that you are companies will not specify all right. If you are uninjured, Repair Facility aftermarket collision parts. make sure that no one else in We recommend that you choose a When purchasing insurance, we your vehicle, or the other vehicle, collision repair facility that meets recommend that you assure your is injured. your needs before you ever need vehicle will be repaired with GM • If there has been an injury, call collision repairs. Your dealer/retailer original equipment collision parts. emergency services for help. may have a collision repair center If such insurance coverage is not Do not leave the scene of a with GM-trained technicians and available from your current insurance crash until all matters have been state of the art equipment, or be carrier, consider switching to another taken care of. Move your vehicle able to recommend a collision insurance carrier. only if its position puts you in repair center that has GM-trained If your vehicle is leased, the leasing danger or you are instructed to technicians and comparable company may require you to have move it by a police officer. equipment. insurance that assures repairs with • Give only the necessary and Insuring Your Vehicle Genuine GM Original Equipment requested information to police Manufacturer (OEM) parts or and other parties involved in Protect your investment in your GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement the crash. Do not discuss your vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read your lease carefully, as personal condition, mental frame collision insurance coverage. you may be charged at the end of of mind, or anything unrelated to There are signiﬁcant differences in your lease for poor quality repairs. the crash. This will help guard the quality of coverage afforded against post-crash legal action. by various insurance policy terms. 11-12 Customer Information

• If you need roadside assistance, company and policy number, and • Once you have an estimate, read call GM Roadside Assistance. a general description of the it carefully and make sure you See Roadside Assistance damage to the other vehicle. understand what work will be Program on page 11-5 for more • If possible, call your insurance performed on your vehicle. If you information. company from the scene of the have a question, ask for an • If your vehicle cannot be driven, crash. They will walk you through explanation. Reputable shops know where the towing service the information they will need. If welcome this opportunity. will be taking it. Get a card from they ask for a police report, phone Managing the Vehicle Damage the tow truck operator or write or go to the police department Repair Process down the driver’s name, the headquarters the next day and service’s name, and the phone you can get a copy of the report In the event that your vehicle number. for a nominal fee. In some requires damage repairs, GM states/provinces with “no fault” recommends that you take an • Remove any valuables from your insurance laws, a report may not active role in its repair. If you have vehicle before it is towed away. be necessary. This is especially a pre-determined repair facility of Make sure this includes your true if there are no injuries and choice, take your vehicle there, or insurance information and both vehicles are drivable. have it towed there. Specify to the registration if you keep these facility that any required replacement • Choose a reputable collision items in your vehicle. collision parts be original equipment repair facility for your vehicle. • Gather the important information parts, either new Genuine GM parts Whether you select a dealer/ you will need from the other or recycled original GM parts. retailer or a private collision repair driver. Things like name, address, Remember, recycled parts will not facility to ﬁx the damage, make phone number, driver’s license be covered by your GM vehicle sure you are comfortable with number, vehicle license plate, warranty. them. Remember, you will have to vehicle make, model and model feel comfortable with their work for year, Vehicle Identiﬁcation a long time. Number (VIN), insurance Customer Information 11-13

Insurance pays the bill for the Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot repair, but you must live with become involved in individual the repair. Depending on your policy Defects problems between you, your limits, your insurance company retailer or Saturn Corporation. may initially value the repair using Reporting Safety Defects To contact NHTSA, call the aftermarket parts. Discuss this to the United States with your repair professional, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free and insist on Genuine GM parts. Government at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Remember if your vehicle is leased If you believe that your vehicle safercar.gov; or you may be obligated to have has a defect which could cause a write to: the vehicle repaired with Genuine crash or could cause injury or GM parts, even if your insurance death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA coverage does not pay the full cost. inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington D.C., 20590 If another party’s insurance Traffic Safety Administration company is paying for the repairs, (NHTSA), in addition to notifying You can also obtain other you are not obligated to accept a Saturn Corporation. information about motor repair valuation based on that If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from insurance company’s collision complaints, it could open an safercar.gov. policy repair limits, as you have no investigation, and if it ﬁnds that contractual limits with that company. a safety defect exists in a group In such cases, you can have control of vehicles, it could order a of the repair and parts choices as recall and remedy campaign. long as cost stays within reasonable limits. 11-14 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications to the Canadian to Saturn Ordering Information Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Service Manuals If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like A variety of publications are believe that your vehicle has this, please notify Saturn. available to you. Saturn service a safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-553-6000, or write: manuals are written for trained Canada immediately, in addition to technicians, and in some cases, notifying General Motors of Saturn Corporation specialized tools and equipment are Canada Limited. Call them at 100 Saturn Parkway necessary to complete certain 1-800-333-0510 or write to: Mail Drop 371-999-S24 Spring Hill, TN 37174-1500 repairs. However, the manuals are Transport Canada available to owners who either In Canada, call 1-800-263-1999, or Road Safety Branch have the training, or wish to gain a write: 2780 Sheffield Road greater understanding of the Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 Saturn Customer Communication technical aspect of their Saturn. Centre General Motors of Canada Limited For additional publications CA1-163-005 information or to order publications 1908 Colonel Sam Drive in the United States, call toll Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 free 1-800-2-SATURN or visit www.saturn-publications.com to order on-line. In Canada, Saturn service manuals are available by calling toll free 1-800-551-4123. Customer Information 11-15

Owner Publications Bulletins cover various subjects. Vehicle Data Some pertain to the proper use and Information on how to obtain care of your vehicle. Some describe Recording and product bulletins and as described costly repairs. Others describe below is applicable only in the Privacy inexpensive repairs which, if done on fifty U.S. states and the District time with the latest parts, may avoid Your Saturn vehicle has a number of of Columbia, and only for cars and future costly repairs. sophisticated computers that record light trucks with a Gross Vehicle information about the vehicle’s Weight Rating (GVWR) less Some bulletins tell a technician how performance and how it is driven. than 10,000 pounds (4 536 kg). to repair a new or unexpected For example, your vehicle uses Copies of individual bulletins condition. Others describe a quicker computer modules to monitor and are also at your participating Saturn way to fix your vehicle. They can control engine and transmission retailer. You can ask to see them. help a technician service your performance, to monitor the vehicle better. In Canada, information relating conditions for airbag deployment and to product service bulletins can Most bulletins apply to conditions deploy airbags in a crash and, if so be obtained by contacting your affecting a small number of vehicles. equipped, to provide antilock braking Saturn retailer. Your Saturn retailer or a qualified to help the driver control the vehicle. technician may have to determine These modules may store data to Service Bulletins if a specific bulletin applies to help your dealer/retailer technician Saturn regularly sends its retailers your vehicle. To order Saturn service your vehicle. Some modules useful service bulletins about Saturn bulletins, call Saturn Publications may also store data about how you products. Saturn monitors product at 1-800-2-SATURN or visit operate the vehicle, such as rate of performance in the field. We then saturn-publications.com to order fuel consumption or average speed. prepare bulletins for servicing our online. These modules may also retain the products better. You can get these owner’s personal preferences, such bulletins, too. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, and temperature settings. 11-16 Customer Information

Event Data Recorders The EDR in this vehicle is designed Important: EDR data is recorded to record such data as: by your vehicle only if a non-trivial This vehicle has an Event crash situation occurs; no data is Data Recorder (EDR). The main • How various systems in your vehicle were operating recorded by the EDR under normal purpose of an EDR is to record, in driving conditions and no personal certain crash or near crash-like • Whether or not the driver and data (e.g., name, gender, age, situations, such as an airbag passenger safety belts were and crash location) is recorded. deployment or hitting a road buckled/fastened However, other parties, such as law obstacle, data that will assist in • How far, if at all, the driver was enforcement, could combine the understanding how a vehicle’s pressing the accelerator and/or EDR data with the type of personally systems performed. The EDR is brake pedal identifying data routinely acquired designed to record data related during a crash investigation. to vehicle dynamics and safety • How fast the vehicle was systems for a short period of time, traveling To read data recorded by an EDR, typically 30 seconds or less. special equipment is required, This data can help provide a better and access to the vehicle or the understanding of the circumstances EDR is needed. In addition to in which crashes and injuries occur. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Customer Information 11-17

Saturn will not access this data or OnStar® Radio Frequency share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, If your vehicle has OnStar and you Identiﬁcation (RFID) if the vehicle is leased, with the subscribe to the OnStar services, RFID technology is used in some consent of the lessee; in response please refer to the OnStar vehicles for functions such as to an official request of police or Terms and Conditions for tire pressure monitoring and ignition information on data collection and similar government office; as part ¨ system security, as well as in of Saturn’s defense of litigation use. See also OnStar System connection with conveniences such through the discovery process; or, on page 4-38 in this manual as key fobs for remote door as required by law. Data that Saturn for more information. locking/unlocking and starting, and collects or receives may also be in-vehicle transmitters for garage used for Saturn research needs or Navigation System door openers. RFID technology in may be made available to others for If your vehicle has a navigation Saturn vehicles does not use research purposes, where a need is system, use of the system may or record personal information or shown and the data is not tied to a result in the storage of destinations, link with any other Saturn system speciﬁc vehicle or vehicle owner. addresses, telephone numbers, and containing personal information. other trip information. Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. 11-18 Customer Information

✍ NOTES INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Audio System ...... 6-1 What Makes an Airbag Audio Steering Wheel Accessories and Inflate? ...... 1-28 Controls ...... 6-24 Modifications ...... 9-3 What Will You See After Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-25 Accessory Power Outlets ...... 4-10 an Airbag Inflates? ...... 1-29 Radio Reception ...... 6-25 Adding Equipment to Your When Should an Airbag Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 6-24 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-35 Inflate? ...... 1-27 Audio System(s) ...... 6-2 Additives, Fuel ...... 8-36 Where Are the Automatic Transmission Add-On Electrical Airbags? ...... 1-25, 1-30 Fluid ...... 9-12 Equipment ...... 9-33 Antenna, Fixed Mast ...... 6-25 Operation ...... 8-5 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 9-11 Antilock Brake Air Conditioning ...... 7-1 System (ABS) ...... 8-18 Airbag Anti-lock Brake, System B Passenger Status Warning Light ...... 4-18 Battery ...... 9-25 Indicator ...... 4-15 Appearance Care Run-Down Protection ...... 5-4 Readiness Light ...... 4-14 Chemical Paint Spotting ..... 9-79 Brakes ...... 9-22 System, Replacing Parts Exterior Cleaning ...... 9-75 System Warning Light ...... 4-17 After a Crash ...... 1-36 Finish Damage ...... 9-79 Braking ...... 8-17 Airbag System ...... 1-23 Interior Cleaning ...... 9-72 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 8-2 Adding Equipment to Your Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-78 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-28 Airbag-Equipped Underbody Maintenance .... 9-79 Front Turn Signal Lamps ... 9-28 Vehicle ...... 1-35 Vehicle Care/Appearance Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-28 Check ...... 1-36 Materials ...... 9-80 Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-26 How Does an Airbag Appointments, Scheduling License Plate Lamps ...... 9-32 Restrain? ...... 1-28 Service ...... 11-8 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-33 Servicing Your Taillamps ...... 9-29, 9-30 Airbag-Equipped Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 Vehicle ...... 1-34 i-2 INDEX

C Child Restraints (cont.) Customer Assistance Older Children ...... 1-37 Information California Fuel ...... 8-35 Securing ...... 1-50, 1-53 Courtesy California Perchlorate Where to Put the Transportation ...... 11-4, 11-8 Materials Requirements ...... 9-3 Restraint ...... 1-43 Customer Assistance California Proposition 65 Cleaning Offices ...... 11-5 Warning ...... 9-3 Exterior ...... 9-75 Customer Satisfaction Canadian Owners ...... ii Interior ...... 9-72 Procedure ...... 11-1 Capacities and Underbody Maintenance .... 9-79 GM Mobility Speciﬁcations ...... 10-2 Climate Control System ...... 7-1 Reimbursement Carbon Monoxide ...... 8-14, 8-27 Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-4 Program ...... 11-5 Care, Safety Belts ...... 1-22 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 9-12 Reporting Safety Cargo Cover ...... 3-1 Collision Damage Repair ..... 11-10 Defects to Cargo Tie Downs ...... 3-1 Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-67 Saturn ...... 11-14 Cautions and Notices ...... iii Content Theft-Deterrent ...... 2-9 Reporting Safety Chains, Tire ...... 9-59 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-17 Defects to the Charging System Light ...... 4-17 Coolant Canadian Check Engine ...... 9-12 Government ...... 11-14 Engine Light ...... 4-20 Engine Temperature Reporting Safety Defects Chemical Paint Spotting ...... 9-79 Warning Light ...... 4-19 to the United States Child Restraints Cooling System ...... 9-16 Government ...... 11-13 Child Restraint Systems ..... 1-41 Cruise Control ...... 4-5 Roadside Assistance Infants and Young Cruise Control Light ...... 4-24 Program ...... 11-5 Children ...... 1-38 Cupholders ...... 3-1 Service Publications Lower Anchors and Ordering Information ..... 11-14 Tethers for Children ...... 1-45 INDEX i-3

D Driving (cont.) Engine Hill and Mountain Roads .... 8-26 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-11 Daytime Running Lamps ...... 5-2 In Rain and on Wet Check and Service Defensive Driving ...... 8-16 Roads ...... 8-25 Engine Soon Delayed Headlamps ...... 5-2 Rocking Your Vehicle to Light ...... 4-20 Doing Your Own Get it Out ...... 8-30 Coolant ...... 9-12 Service Work ...... 9-4 Winter ...... 8-27 Coolant Temperature Dome Lamps ...... 5-3 Winter Mode Light ...... 4-23 Warning Light ...... 4-19 Door Engine Compartment Ajar Light ...... 4-24 Overview ...... 9-6 Locks ...... 2-5 E Exhaust ...... 8-14 Power Door Locks ...... 2-5 EDR ...... 11-15 Oil ...... 9-7 Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-6 Electrical System Oil Life System ...... 9-9 Driver Information Add-On Equipment ...... 9-33 Overheating ...... 9-15 Center (DIC) ...... 4-26 Engine Compartment Starting ...... 8-3 DIC Operation and Fuse Block ...... 9-34 Engine Heater ...... 8-4 Displays ...... 4-27, 4-31 Fuses ...... 9-34 Entry Lighting ...... 5-3 DIC Warnings and Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-33 Event Data Recorders ...... 11-16 Messages ...... 4-37 Power Windows and Extender, Safety Belt ...... 1-22 Driving Other Power Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 At Night ...... 8-24 Options ...... 9-34 Exterior Lamps Off Before a Long Trip ...... 8-26 Rear Compartment Fuse Reminder ...... 4-24 Defensive ...... 8-16 Block ...... 9-36 Drunken ...... 8-16 Windshield Wiper Fuses .... 9-34 Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-26 i-4 INDEX

F Fuel (cont.) H Gage ...... 4-25 Filter Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 4-4 Gasoline Octane ...... 8-35 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 9-11 Head Restraints ...... 1-5 Gasoline Speciﬁcations ...... 8-35 Finish Damage ...... 9-79 Headlamp Low Warning Light ...... 4-25 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-25 Aiming ...... 9-26 Fuses ...... 9-34 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 4-4 Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-33 Engine Compartment Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-8 Headlamps Fuse Block ...... 9-34 Flat Tire ...... 9-60 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-28 Rear Compartment Flat Tire, Changing ...... 9-60 Daytime Running Lamps ..... 5-2 Fuse Block ...... 9-36 Flat Tire, Storing ...... 9-66 Delayed ...... 5-2 Windshield Wiper ...... 9-34 Fluid ...... 9-12 Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 Automatic Transmission ..... 9-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-8 Power Steering ...... 9-20 G Front Turn Signal Lamps ... 9-28 Windshield Washer ...... 9-20 Gage Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-28 Fog Lamp Fuel ...... 4-25 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-8 Fog ...... 5-2 Speedometer ...... 4-13 Heater ...... 7-1 Fog Lamp Light ...... 4-23 Tachometer ...... 4-13 Engine ...... 8-4 Fuel ...... 8-35 Gasoline Height Adjuster, Seat ...... 1-2 Additives ...... 8-36 Octane ...... 8-35 Highbeam On Light ...... 4-24 California Fuel ...... 8-35 Speciﬁcations ...... 8-35 High-Speed Operation, Filling a Portable Fuel Glove Box ...... 3-1 Tires ...... 9-47 Container ...... 8-38 GM Mobility Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-26 Filling the Tank ...... 8-37 Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 8-26 Fuels in Foreign Program ...... 11-5 Countries ...... 8-36 INDEX i-5

Hood K Light (cont.) Release ...... 9-5 Brake System Warning ...... 4-17 Keyless Entry System ...... 2-3 Horn ...... 4-4 Charging System ...... 4-17 Keys ...... 2-2 How to Wear Safety Belts Cruise Control ...... 4-24 Properly ...... 1-12 Door Ajar ...... 4-24 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-12 L Engine Coolant Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 9-40 Temperature Warning ..... 4-19 I Lamp Fog Lamp ...... 4-23 Rear Compartment ...... 5-4 Highbeam On ...... 4-24 Ignition Positions ...... 8-2 Lamps Low Fuel Warning ...... 4-25 Immobilizer ...... 2-7 Dome ...... 5-3 Low Oil Level ...... 4-23 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-8 Exterior, Off Reminder ...... 4-24 Malfunction Indicator ...... 4-20 Infants and Young Reading ...... 5-3 Oil Pressure ...... 4-22 Children, Restraints ...... 1-38 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-17 Passenger Airbag Status Inﬂation - Tire Pressure ...... 9-46 LATCH System Indicator ...... 4-15 Instrument Panel Child Restraints ...... 1-45 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-14 Brightness ...... 5-3 Replacing Parts After a Service Vehicle Soon ...... 4-24 Cluster ...... 4-12 ® Crash ...... 1-50 StabiliTrak Indicator ...... 4-19 Overview ...... 4-2 License Plate Lamps ...... 9-32 Tire Pressure ...... 4-19 Liftgate Winter Driving Mode ...... 4-23 J Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-6 Lighting Jump Starting ...... 9-68 Light Entry ...... 5-3 Airbag Readiness ...... 4-14 Lights Anti-lock Brake System Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 (ABS) Warning ...... 4-18 Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-8 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-8 i-6 INDEX

Loading Your Vehicle ...... 8-30 N Outside Locks Mirrors ...... 2-12 Navigation System, Door ...... 2-5 Power Mirrors ...... 2-12 Privacy ...... 11-17 Power Door ...... 2-5 Owner Checks, Service ...... 9-5 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-2 Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-6 Owners, Canadian ...... ii Notices and Cautions ...... iii Loss of Control ...... 8-23 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-25 Lumbar Seat Adjustment ...... 1-3 O P Paint, Damage ...... 9-79 Odometer ...... 4-13 Park Odometers, Trip ...... 4-13 M Shifting Into ...... 8-11 Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-22 Malfunction Indicator Light ..... 4-20 Shifting Out of ...... 8-13 Oil Manual Seats ...... 1-2 Park Brake ...... 8-10 Engine ...... 9-7 Manual Transmission Parking Low Oil Level Light ...... 4-23 Fluid ...... 9-12 Over Things That Burn ...... 8-13 Pressure Light ...... 4-22 Operation ...... 8-9 Parking Your Vehicle ...... 8-13 Oil, Engine Oil Life System ..... 9-9 Manual, Using ...... ii Passenger Airbag Status Older Children, Restraints ...... 1-37 Message Indicator ...... 4-15 Online Owner Center ...... 11-4 DIC Warnings and Passing ...... 8-23 OnStar, Privacy ...... 11-17 Messages ...... 4-37 Perchlorate Materials OnStar® System, see Mirrors Requirements, California ...... 9-3 OnStar® Manual ...... 4-38 Manual Rearview Mirror ..... 2-12 Power Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-4 Outside ...... 2-12 Door Locks ...... 2-5 Outlets Outside Power Mirrors ...... 2-12 Electrical System ...... 9-34 Accessory Power ...... 4-10 MyGMLink.com ...... 11-4 Retained Accessory (RAP) ... 8-3 INDEX i-7

Power (cont.) Rear Heated Seats ...... 1-6 Reporting Safety Defects Steering Fluid ...... 9-20 Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 Canadian Government ..... 11-14 Windows ...... 2-10 Rear Windshield Washer/ Saturn ...... 11-14 Pressure Cap ...... 9-15 Wiper ...... 4-10 United States Privacy ...... 11-15 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-12 Government ...... 11-13 Event Data Recorders ..... 11-16 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 Restraint System Check Navigation System ...... 11-17 Recreational Vehicle Replacing Airbag System OnStar ...... 11-17 Towing ...... 9-72 Parts After a Crash ...... 1-36 Radio Frequency Remote Keyless Entry Replacing Safety Belt Identiﬁcation ...... 11-17 (RKE) System ...... 2-3 System Parts After Remote Keyless Entry a Crash ...... 1-23 (RKE) System, Retained Accessory R Operation ...... 2-4 Power (RAP) ...... 8-3 Radio Frequency Removing the Flat Tire Roadside Identiﬁcation (RFID), and Installing the Assistance Program ...... 11-5 Privacy ...... 11-17 Spare Tire ...... 9-62 Rocking Your Vehicle Radio(s) ...... 6-2 Removing the Spare Tire to Get it Out ...... 8-30 Radios and Tools ...... 9-61 Running the Vehicle Reception ...... 6-25 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-33 While Parked ...... 8-14 Theft-Deterrent ...... 6-24 Replacing LATCH Reading Lamps ...... 5-3 System Parts After Rear Compartment Lamp ...... 5-4 a Crash ...... 1-50 Rear Door Security Locks ...... 2-6 i-8 INDEX

S Service ...... 9-2 Spare Tire Accessories and Compact ...... 9-67 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Modiﬁcations ...... 9-3 Installing ...... 9-62 Care of ...... 1-22 Adding Equipment to the Removing ...... 9-61 Check ...... 1-22 Outside of the Vehicle ..... 9-4 Storing ...... 9-66 How to Wear Safety California Perchlorate Speciﬁcations, Capacities ...... 10-2 Belts Properly ...... 1-12 Materials Requirements .... 9-3 Speedometer ...... 4-13 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-17 California Proposition 65 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ..... 4-19 Reminder Light ...... 4-14 Warning ...... 9-3 Stabilitrak® System ...... 8-19 Replacing Parts After Doing Your Own Work ...... 9-4 Starting the Engine ...... 8-3 a Crash ...... 1-23 Engine Soon Light ...... 4-20 Steering ...... 8-20 Safety Belt Extender ...... 1-22 Owner Checks ...... 9-5 Steering Wheel Controls, Safety Belt Use During Publications Ordering Audio ...... 6-24 Pregnancy ...... 1-21 Information ...... 11-14 Steering Wheel, Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Seats Vehicle Soon Light ...... 4-24 Storage Areas Head Restraints ...... 1-5 Service, Scheduling Cupholders ...... 3-1 Heated Seats - Rear ...... 1-6 Appointments ...... 12-8 Glove Box ...... 3-1 Height Adjuster ...... 1-2 Servicing Your Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, Lumbar Adjustment ...... 1-3 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-34 or Snow ...... 8-29 Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-78 Sun Visors ...... 2-11 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 Shifting Into Park ...... 8-11 Sunroof ...... 2-13 Securing Child Shifting Out of Park ...... 8-13 Restraints ...... 1-50, 1-53 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 4-8 INDEX i-9

T Tires (cont.) Tires (cont.) Inspection and Rotation ..... 9-51 When It Is Time for Tachometer ...... 4-13 Installing the Spare Tire ..... 9-62 New Tires ...... 9-53 Taillamps ...... 9-29, 9-30 Pressure Monitor Winter Tires ...... 9-39 Theft-Deterrent, Radio ...... 6-24 Operation ...... 9-50 Towing Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-7 Pressure Monitor Recreational Vehicle ...... 9-72 Content Theft-Deterrent ...... 2-9 System ...... 9-48 Towing a Trailer ...... 9-72 Immobilizer ...... 2-7 Removing the Flat Tire ...... 9-62 Your Vehicle ...... 9-72 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-8 Removing the Spare Traction Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Tire and Tools ...... 9-61 Stabilitrak® System ...... 8-19 Tire Storing a Flat or Spare Transmission Pressure Light ...... 4-19 Tire and Tools ...... 9-66 Fluid, Automatic ...... 9-12 Tires ...... 9-38 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-40 Fluid, Manual ...... 9-12 Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 Tire Terminology and Transmission Operation, Chains ...... 9-59 Deﬁnitions ...... 9-43 Automatic ...... 8-5 Changing a Flat Tire ...... 9-60 Uniform Tire Quality Transmission Operation, Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-67 Grading ...... 9-56 Manual ...... 8-9 Different Size ...... 9-55 Wheel Alignment and Trip Odometers ...... 4-13 High-Speed Operation ...... 9-47 Tire Balance ...... 9-58 Turn and Lane-Change If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-60 Wheel Replacement ...... 9-58 Signals ...... 4-8 Inﬂation - Tire Pressure ..... 9-46 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ...... 4-4 i-10 INDEX

U W Windshield (cont.) Wiper Fuses ...... 9-34 Uniform Tire Quality Warning Lights, Gages Wipers ...... 4-9 Grading ...... 9-56 and Indicators ...... 4-11 Windshield, Rear Washer/ Using this Manual ...... ii Warnings Wiper ...... 4-10 DIC Warnings and Winter Driving ...... 8-27 Messages ...... 4-37 Winter Driving Mode Light ..... 4-23 V Hazard Warning Flashers .... 4-4 Winter Tires ...... 9-39 Vehicle Wheels Control ...... 8-17 Alignment and Tire Loading ...... 8-30 Balance ...... 9-58 Parking Your ...... 8-13 Different Size ...... 9-55 Running While Parked ...... 8-14 Replacement ...... 9-58 Service Soon Light ...... 4-24 Where to Put the Restraint .... 1-43 Symbols ...... iii Windows ...... 2-10 Vehicle Data Recording Power ...... 2-10 and Privacy ...... 11-15 Windshield Vehicle Identiﬁcation Washer ...... 4-10 Number (VIN) ...... 10-1 Washer Fluid ...... 9-20 Service Parts Wiper Blade Identiﬁcation Label ...... 10-1 Replacement ...... 9-21 Ventilation Adjustment ...... 7-4 Visors ...... 2-11